Page 1
Scholars' Mine Scholars' Mine
Doctoral Dissertations Student Theses and Dissertations
1970
Upper cretaceous and lower cenozoic foraminifera of three oil Upper cretaceous and lower cenozoic foraminifera of three oil
wells in northwestern Iraq wells in northwestern Iraq
Farouk Sunallah Al-Omari
Follow this and additional works at: https://scholarsmine.mst.edu/doctoral_dissertations
Part of the Geology Commons
Department: Geosciences and Geological and Petroleum Engineering Department: Geosciences and Geological and Petroleum Engineering
Recommended Citation Recommended Citation Al-Omari, Farouk Sunallah, "Upper cretaceous and lower cenozoic foraminifera of three oil wells in northwestern Iraq" (1970). Doctoral Dissertations. 2077. https://scholarsmine.mst.edu/doctoral_dissertations/2077
This thesis is brought to you by Scholars' Mine, a service of the Missouri S&T Library and Learning Resources. This work is protected by U. S. Copyright Law. Unauthorized use including reproduction for redistribution requires the permission of the copyright holder. For more information, please contact [email protected] .
Page 2
UPPER CRETACEOUS AND LOWER
OF THREE OIL WEI,LS IN NORTHWESTERi'.f
Farouk Sunallah
A DISSERTATION
of tbe Schoo,l of the
OF NISSOURI - ROLLA
In Part of the for the
DOCTOR Of PHILOSOPHY
GEOLOGY
1970
'1'2356 c.l 227 pages
Page 3
ii
ABSTRACT
Seventy-five samples of well cuttings and cores from the Iraq
Petroleum Company Butmah Well No. g, Ain Zalah Well No. l6 and Ain Zalah
Well No. l7, in northwestern Iraq at approximately 36° 37' north lati
tude and 42° 4l' east longitude, have been examined in detail. The
lithologic descriptive term "marl" is replaced by calcareous shale or
argillaceous limestone, and the term "globigerinal limestone" is not
considered applicable. The foraminiferal fauna from the upper part of
the Shiranish Formation prove to be of Maestrichtian age. The Mesozoic-
Cenozoic boundary is recognized on the basis of "smaller foraminiferal"
faunal assemblages; it is placed between the Maestrichtian and the Danian
Stages.
The Aaliji Formation yielded typical world-wide recognized Danian
fossils at the bottom and Landenian forms in the upper part. The Danian
Stage is established for the first time in Ain Zalah Well No. l7 and here
is considered to be at the base of the Cenozoic Erathem. The Landenian
State is introduced for the first time in the stratigraphic column of Iraq.
Strata of Maestrichtian, Danian, and Landenian age yielded a foraminiferal
fauna of l67 species and subspecies, belonging to 53 genera, 26 families,
8 superfamilies and two suborders. Of the genera present Globotruncana,
Praebulimina, Bolivina, and Heterohelix have the greatest number of
species and individuals in the Upper Cretaceous samples, and Globigerina
·and Globorotalia dominate the Paleocene (Danian and Landenian) fauna.
The genera Chiloguernbelina, Rugoglobigerina, Pseudonodosaria and
Globigerina are included in the taxonomic study, and the earliest
Page 4
iii
representatives of the last genus are considered to be Danian in age.
Page 5
lV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT ........................................................... ll
LIST OF FIGURES ..................................................... v
LIST OF CHARTS (IN POCKET) ......................................... vi
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF SPECIES ...................................... vii
CHAPTER I. NATURE OF PROBLEM ....................................... 1
A. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
B . LO CATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 C. METHODS OF STUDY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 D. LITHOLOGIC DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1. THE TERM MARL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2. THE TERM GLOBIGERINAL LIMESTONE ................. 8 3. DETAILED LITHOLOGIC DESCRIPTION ................ 10
a. SHIRANISH FORMATION ........................ 10 b. AALIJI FORMATION.· .......................... 16
CHAPTER II. UPPER CRETACEOUS STRATIGRAPHY AND PALEONTOLOGY ........ 18
A. STRATIGRAPHY ..•................................... 18 B. MICROFAUNAL ASSEMBLAGES ........................... 20
CHAPTER III. UPPER CRETACEOUS-LOWER CENOZOIC BOUNDARY ............. 23
CHAPTER IV. THE PALEOCENE SERIES AND ITS SUBDIVISIONS ............. 26
CHAPTER V. DANIAN STAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
A. HIS TORI CAL REVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 B. THE DANIAN STAGE IN IRAQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
CHAPTER VI. CONCLUSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CHAPTER VII. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS .............................. 40
REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
VITA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
EXPLANATION OF PLATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-20 8
Page 6
LIST OF FIGURES
Figures Page
1 Map Showing Location of Iraq Petroleum Company Wells Butmah No. 9, Ain Zalah No. 16 and 17 . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . • . • • . . . . • • • . . . . . • • . . . • . • . . • • . . . . 6
2 Chart of Comparison Between the Classifications of Clay-Carbonate Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3 General Sketch of Stratigraphic Columns Furnished by Al Naqib (Iraq Petroleum Co.) .............. ll
4 Subsurface Stratigraphic Sections based on Present Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5 Stratigraphic Nomenclature of the Upper Cretaceous Suggested in the Lexique Stratigraphique International (van Bellen e t al. , 19 59 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6 Detailed Stratigraphic Division and Biostratigraphic Zonation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7 The Usage of Danian Stage as Indicated by Grimsdale (1951, Fig. 1) in the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Plates
1-3 Photographs of Some Important Maestrichtian, Danian, and Landenian Foraminifera from Iraq ....... 206-208
v
Page 7
Charts
LIST OF CHARTS (in pocket)
1 Distribution chart of some important foraminifera in Butmah Well No. 9.
2 Distribution chart of some important foraminifera in Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
3 Distribution chart of some important foraminifera in Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
vi
Page 8
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF SPECIES
A11omorphina esnehensis .......................................... ha11i ....................................................... pa1eocenica
Anoma1ina desertorum
gran dis ..................................................... granos a
rubiginosa
ve1ascoensis
vii
Page
155
156
156
167
167
168
169
170
Bathysiphon a1exanderi
brosgei
............................................ 40
vitta
Bolivina incrassata subsp.
Bolivinoides delicatula
gigantea
40
41
90
91
draco subs p. dorreeni •••.•..•.....•••..........•••.•.••••.•• f 9 2
draco subsp. draco
draco subsp. mi1iaris
93
94
Chi1oguembe1ina martini • . . . . . • . • . . • . . . • . . . . • . . . • • . • . • . . • • • . • . • . . . 106
midwayensis subsp. midwayensis 106
morsei ...................................................... 108
sllbtriangularis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l09
wi1coxensis ................................................. 109
Chi1ostome11a trinitatensis ...................................... 155
Cibicides berryi .............. · · · · · · · · ·. · ........... ·............ 148
beaumontianus ............................................... 149
Page 9
viii
Clavulinoides asper subsp. asper ..........................•........ 53
disjunctus
trilaterus subsp. concavus
Dentalina catenulina
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . gracilis
sol vat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ . Dorothia bulletta
conulus
ellisorae
indentata
nakkadyi
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... .
54
55
67
67
68
56
56
57
58
58
oxycona subsp. oxycona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
oxycona subsp. trinitatensis 60
pupa . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
retusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6l
sinaensis 6l
Eggerella trochoides 62
sp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................. . 62
Fissurina laticarinata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
orbignyana . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . • . . . . . 84
sp. . . . . . . . ................................................... . 84
Gaudryina austiniana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . • • . . • . . . . • • • • . . . • . . . . • . . . . . 49
laevigata . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 50
pyramidata . • . . . . . . • • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . • • 5l
Globigerina daubj ergensis . . . . • • . . • . . . . . • • . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . l4l
parva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l42
soldadoensis ................................................. l43
triloculinoides "subsp. parva" ............................... l43
Page 10
triloculinoides subsp. trilocu1inoides
velascoensis ................................................. Globigerinoides triloba subsp. immaturus
triloba subsp.
triloba subsp.
Globorotalia aequa
angulata subsp.
angulata subsp.
succulifer
triloba
abundocamerata
angulata
ix
143
145
146
146
147
131
131
132
compressa .................................................... 133
pseudobu1loides
pseudomenardii
quadrat a ..................................................... uncinata ..................................................... ve1ascoensis .................................................
Globorotalites miche1inianus
134
135
136
137
138
163
Globobu1imina pyrula . . . . . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . • • . . . . • • • . 99
Globulina lacrima
subsphaerica
..................................................
.................................................. Glomospira charoides subsp. corona
80
80
43
gordialis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Globotruncana aegyptiaca subsp. aegyptiaca 119
aegyptiaca subsp. duwi 120
andori ....................................................... 120
area ..................... · · · · · · · · · · · ....... · · · · · · · · · . . . . . . . . . 121
caliciformis
caliciformis
subsp.
subsp.
caliciformis ............................. patel1iformis
conica .......................................................
123
124
125
Page 11
fornicata
gagnebini
....................................................
.................................................... stuarti subsp. stuarti
Guttulina adhaerens
trigonula
Gyroidina girardana subsp.
globosa
Gyroidinoides crassus
nitidus
subangulatus
Hedbergella planispira
Heterohelix globulosa
.......................................
girardana
X
126
127
128
81
82
161
161
164
165
165
118
100
punctulata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
reussi ....................................................... striata ......................................................
Heterostomella americana
austiniana .................................................... foveo1ata .....................................................
Lagena acuticosta ..................................................
102
103
51
52
52
68
apiculata ..................................................... 70
globosa
hispida
su1cata
.......................................................
.......................................................
.......................................................
70
70
71
Loxostom.um applinae ............................................... 150
cushmani ..................................................... 151
gemma • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 15 2
1imonense .................................................... 152
Page 12
wilcoxense ................................................. Neoflabe1lina jarvisi
reticulata
............................................
rugosa subsp. rugosa ....................................... .
sernireticulata
suturalis
Nodosaria calornorpha
1irnbata
Oo1ina globosa
Parrella desertorum
Pelosina complanata
P1anoglobulina carseyae
eggeri ..................................................... glabrata
ornatissirna ................................................ Praebulimina carseyae .•................•.•...............•••.....
cushmani .................................................... kickapooensis .............................................. .
1aevis ...................................................... ovu1urn ...................................................... sta1acta
stokesi
.................................................... .....................................................
triangularis ................ · . · . · . · . · ..... · . · .. · · . · ........ .
Pseudoclavu1ina clavata .......................................... farafraensis ................................................
Pseudoguembelina cos tulata ..................................... .
exco1ata .............. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·
xi
153
71
72
73
74
75
66
66
83
163
43
110
111
112
112
85
85
86
87
87
88
88
89
64
64
113
114
Page 13
xii
Pseudonodosaria bistegia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
cy lindrace a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6
manifesta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
velascoensis .................................................... 77
Pseudotextularia elegans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll5
Pullenia americana
cretace a
l58
l59
jarvisi ........................................................ l59
reus s i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . l60
Pulsiphonina prima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l70
Racemiguembelina fructicosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll6
Rugoglobigerian rugosa
Saracenaria saratogana
triangularis
l29
77
78
Siphogerinoides kleinpelli ........................................... 96
Spiroplectammina dentata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
desertorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
esnaens is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
laevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Stensioina americana ................................................ l7l
excolata ....................................................... l72
labyrinthica ................................................... l72
pommerana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 7 3
Stilostomella alexanderi subsp. impensia ............................. 96
minuta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
sp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . 97
Page 14
xiii
stephensoni subsp. stephensoni .............................. 97
Textularia farafraensis 48
Verneuilina aegyptiaca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
karreri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Vuvulina colei ...........................................•........ 47
gracillima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Page 15
1
CHAPTER I. NATURE OF PROBLEM
A. INTRODUCTION
Despite early exploration for oil in Iraq in the late 19th Century,
the geology of this country is largely undescribed in the literature.
The extensive research and field work done by prominent geologists have
not been published. A preliminary review of published reports, by the
writer, indicated that the number does not exceed one hundred, including
every aspect of geology and related fields.
A very few investigations have been published on foraminifera from
Iraq. Of these, the following may be cited: Henson (1938) presented a
synopsis of the most important difference in the faunal assemblages of
"smaller foraminifera" in Palestine, Syria, the Iraq Basin (Imam Hassan
Section), and Egypt (U.A.R.). Grimsdale (1952) described 15 species
belonging to the families Miliolidae, Peneroplidae, Nonionidae, Nummu
litidae, Amphasteginidae, Victoriellidae, and Orbitoididae from the Upper
Cretaceous and Tertiary rocks of northern Iraq. Baker (1953) discussed
the geologic framework of the petroleum province of the Middle East. He
presented a short summary of the structure of the Ain Zalah field with a
stratigraphic table of Iraq that included some "smaller" and "larger"
foraminifera from rocks ranging in age from the Paleozoic to Cenozoic
Era.
Foraminifera informally are divided into three groups of indefinite
content: "Fusulines" = Superfamily Fusulinacea (M. L. Thompson in
Loeblich and Tappan, 1964, pp. C358, and following); "Larger-foraminifera"
= Superfamily Orbitoidacea in part (Loeblich and Tappan, ibid., pp. C678,
and following), Rotaliacea in part (especially Nummulitidae; Loeblich and
Page 16
2
Tappan, ibid., pp. C645, and following), Lituolacea in part (Loeblich
and Tappan, ibid, pp. C2l4, and following) and Miliolacea in part (Loeblich
and Tappan, ibid., pp. C436 and following) (Foraminifera with complex
structure requiring study in thin section); "Smaller foraminifera" =
Foraminifera usually not requiring study in thin section.
The first investigation of samples from Ain Zalah Well No. l6 was
introduced by Dunnington (1955). Abundance ratios of unicarinate Globo
truncana over multicarinate forms were suggested as a method of close
zonation of thin-sectioned samples from the Upper Cretaceous.
The technique for the extraction of specimens used by the writer
followed in the present study successfully broke down the samples from
Ain Zalah Well No. l6 and well-preserved specimens of Globotruncana as
well as other forms of "smaller foraminifera" were easily extracted.
Therefore the method suggested by Dunnington (1955) was not attempted
in this investigation. Owen and Nasr (1958) reported the stratigraphy
and correlation of the various oil-field sections in the Kuwait-Basra
area, with a chart of the typical fossils of the Basra area (Iraq) which
was compiled by A. H. Smout. Van Bellen, Dunnington, Wetzel, and Morton
(1959) introduced the first and only comprehensive study of the strati
graphy of Iraq. They listed the formations alphabetically, with a list
of the diagnostic fossils of each formation. Al Naqib (1967) reported
the geomorphology, stratigraphy, geologic history, structure, economic
aspect, and detailed lithologic description of a number of formations,
with their important fossils, for southwestern Iraq. Al-Sayyab (1968)
described and illustrated the genera Pachyphloia and Lunucammina from
the Chia Zairi Formation of early to late Permian in age. Those who
dealt with the "smaller foraminifera" have listed only names and ranges
Page 17
3
without descriptions or illustrations.
The writer (Al-Omari~ 1966) pre~ented the first descriptions and
illustrations (other than might exist in confidential files of private
companies) of "smaller foraminifera" from the Upper Cretaceous and lower
Tertiary of Iraq~ from Butmah Well No. 9. The present study includes a
more extensive investigation of the 25 samples from the same well; in
addition~ 50 more samples from the Ain Zalah wells were studied.
Samples from Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Well No. 17 covered
two distinct lithostratigraphic units: the Shiranish Formation (Creta
ceous) and the Aaliji Formation (Paleocene-Eocene). Material from Ain
Zalah Well No. 16~ represented the Shiranish Formation only.
This investigation was undertaken:
l. To determine more precisely the Mesozoic-Cenozoic boundary in Butmah
Well No. 9~ and Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
2. To establish the chronostratigraphic units of the Paleocene Series
in Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
3. To describe or remark on~ and indicate the stratigraphic range of
as many as possible of the benthonic and planktonic foraminifera of
the three boreholes (Butmah Well No. 9~ and Ain Zalah Wells Nos. 16
and 17) and compare the faunas with those identified from other parts
of the world.
The specimens from Iraq were compared during the summer of 1968 with
the types deposited in the U.S. National Museum. This study is by no means
a complete coverage of all the forms encountered. There were literally
hundreds of species and subspecies in this richly fossiliferous section.
Stratigraphic boundaries are based on some typical planktonic
foraminifera and a very few benthonic forms. In Iraq, as in many parts
Page 18
of the world, the planktonic foraminifera proved to be the principal
tool in regional and inter-continental correlation.
4
The foraminifera in the Butmah samples were somewhat poorly preserved.
Those from Ain Zalah wells were in an excellent state of preservation.
A very few ostracodes and fish teeth, were encountered in the
Maestrichtian and the Paleocene samples. Fecal pellets were mainly
abundant in Ain Zalah Well No. 17 (depth range 4968-4971 feet).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ... The writer is greatly indebted to the Government of
Iraq for financial support during the five years scholarship, and the
writer wishes to express his sincere appreciation and gratitude to
~- D. L. Frizzell for advice and guidance throughout the investigation.
Thanks and appreciation are also extended to the following organizations
and people: the Embassy of Iraq in Washington, D.C., the Management of
the Ministry of Oil in Iraq, the Management of Iraq Petroleum Company and
especially Mr. K. M. Al Naqib, former Chief Geologist and now Field
Manager in Basrah, for furnishing samples and geological data; the
Department of Geological Engineering and Geology, University of Missouri -
Rolla, for providing facilities for research; Dr. A. C. Spreng for his
helpful discussions, suggestions and assistance; Dr. T. L. Thompson for
suggestions resulting in improvement of the manuscript and assistance in
preparation of illustrations; the V. H. McNutt Memorial Foundation, for
financial assistance in the trip to the U.S. National Museum, Washington,
D.C., and support of part of the thesis expenses; Dr. R. Cifelli, U.S.
National Museum for permission to study the types in the summer of 1968;
Miss R. Todd and Dr. J. Mello of the U.S. Geological Survey, Washington,
D.C., for their help and discussions. For successful aid in obtaining
many interl~brary loans, the writer acknowledges the help of Mrs. Mar-
Page 19
garet Miller and Mrs. Lois Heard, and he expresses his appreciation to
Mrs. Terri Fielding for the careful typing of the manuscript.
B. LOCATION
The three oil wells are located in northwestern Iraq. Butmah
5
Well No. 9 is located at approximately 36° 37' north latitude and 42° 41'
east longitude, about 35 miles north-novthwest of Mosul. Ain Zalah Wells
Nos. 16 and 17 are about 7 miles north-northwest of Butmah Well No. 9
(Fig. 1). The three boreholes can be located on the U.S. Army Map
Service number NJ 38-13 (Series K 502).
C. METHODS OF STUDY
1. Samples were heated to drive out interstitial moisture, immersed
in kerosene while still hot, and allowed to remain for about 10 to 12
hours (Crowley, 1952); the kerosene was then decanted and water was
added; samples were boiled with strong sodium carbonate, washed onto
a 200-mesh sieve (0.074 mm), dried, and screened. Highly indurated
samples were treated two or more times to insure an adequate represen
tation.
This method proved to be very useful in breaking down samples,
even those with carbonates as high as 88 per cent, and well preserved
specimens were extracted.
Residues were passed through a set of standard screens (10-, 20-,
40-, 60-, 80-, and 100-mesh to the inch). Foraminifera were picked and
mounted on distribution slides.
2. A simple chemical test was used to determine the carbonate
content of the samples. Ten grams of a sample were crushed fine, and
Page 20
AZ
•• AZ 17
BUTMAH• N0.9
ESKI MOSU
N
N
I MILES
10 I
I 20
KILOMETERS
6
Figure 1. Map showing location of Iraq Petroleum Co-~ Wells Butmah No. 9, Ain Zalah No. 16 and 17.
Page 21
treated with dilute hydrochloric acid (50 cc of commercial hydrochloric
acid, diluted to half strength with tap water), filtered through a
weighed filter paper; the weight of non-carbonate material left on the
filter was subtracted from the original weight (lO gms.). This repre
sented the weight of carbonates in the samples, and the percentage was
calculated.
D. LITHOLOGIC DESCRIPTION
7
The lithologic nomenclature applied by geologists working in Iraq
to the description of formal rock-stratigraphic units and informal units
needs to be clarified.
l. THE TERM MARL
Argillaceous marl, marly limestone, and very marly are terms used
consistently, usually without explanation, to mean argillaceous limestone
or calcareous shale as commonly used in North America, except perhaps
in the field of petroleum geology where "marl" has been used for the same
lithologic constituents. This petrographic descriptive term acquired
different meanings and lithologic implications by different authors.
Dunnington (l958, p. 207) stated that "The sediments encountered
in the Ain Zalah wells are indurated marly limestones, with 80-90%
calcium carbonate, ... " Daniel (l954, p. 778-779) indicated an average
of "about 70% Caco 3 and 30% impalpable argillaceous matter" for non
bedded, dense, extremely tight, marly limestone, of the First Pay reservoir
of the Upper Cretaceous in the Ain Zalah oil field. The American Geolo
gical Institution (l960), Krumbein and Sloss (l963), Dunbar and Rodgers
(l957), and Pettijohn (l957) define the term marl with lithologic consti-
Page 22
8
tution ranging from relatively pure calcium carbonate to incoherent sand.
Twenhofel (1937) preferred the term "calcareous clay" for similar material.
Marlstone (marlite) is a term used to designate an indurated rock
of about the same composition as marl (Pettijohn, 1957, p. 411; Chilingar
et al., 1967, p. 160). Dunbar and Rogers (1957) used the term for indu
rated marl as presented in Figure 2. The classification used by the
writer is a modification of several classifications in current use.
For the investigator who requires more quantitative measurements and
a more detailed classification, the writer recommends Pettijohn's classi
fication (1957) redrawn here in Figure 2. However, a definition of the
meaning is more appropriate.
2. THE TERM GLOBIGERINAL LIMESTONE
Globigerinal limestone has been used as a lithologic term in describing
the Shiranish Formation of Late Cretaceous age by van Bellen and others
(1959) to indicate that Globigerina spp. are the main components of this
formation. The writer recommends dropping the word "globigerinal" in
describing the Shiranish Formation for the following reasons:
a) Recently there has been a dispute on the generic concept of
Globigerina (for detail, refer to this genus in the systematic descrip
tions); others object completely to the application of this generic
name for certain Upper Cretaceous foraminifera. With the lack of unifor
mity of opinion concerning the taxonomic status of this genus and the
taxonomic units of the family Globigerinidae, different terms might be
used, like globigerinal limestone, rugoglobigerinal limestone, biglobi
gerinal limestone, ..• etc., with obvious confusion to the reader.
b) Very few "globigerinids" are encountered in the Shiranish
Formation in Ain Zalah No. 16 and Ain Zalah No. 17 oil wells. On the
Page 23
~ <t! z 0
~ <t! C)
E-t z JJ,:I C)
p:; JJ,:I p...
100
95
75
50
25
0
After Dunbar and Rodgers, 1957. Modified after Krumbein ~eakly Cohesive Thoroughly and Sloss, 1963. After Pettijohn, 1957.
Rock Indurated Rock Followed in this Study
Limestone "Pure" Limestone - Chalk
- (wider Limestone Marly Limestone r--
-sense)
- M - L r--Argillaceous
- Limestone Limey Marl r--
-- 1--
- Marls tone 1--
- (Bradley, Marl 1--
- Marl 1931, p. 7) I--
- r--
-- Clayey Marl r--
Calcareous
Claystone Shale - M - C r--
(Ingram, 1953), - Clay 1unless fissile;
- in that case, r--shale
Marly Clay
-Shale "Pure" Clay
- -- ~
Figure 2. Chart of comparison between the classifications of clay-carbonate rocks.
0
5
15
25
35
45
50
65
75
85
95
100
:>-< <t! ...::! C)
E-t z JJ,:I C)
p:; JJ,:I p...
\D
Page 24
10
contrary, a flood of Globotruncana spp. and Heterohelix spp., an abundance
of Bolivina spp., Praebulimina spp. and other Upper Cretaceous genera are
recorded. It is significant that general usage of the term is improper.
If a writer feels the necessity of indicating the abundance of a
specific fossil taxon as a part of lithologic distinction in a rock strata,
a term like "foraminiferal limestone" would be more appropriate. If only
part of a section is dominated by a fossil taxon, a subdivision of the
rock strata into biostratigraphic units has been recommended (American
Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature, 1961).
3. DETAILED LITHOLOGIC DESCRIPTION
a. SHIRANISH FORMATION
The type locality (Henson, 1940, unpublished report) is in outcrops
immediately above and below the village of Shiranish (Sharanish) Islam,
near Zakho, northern Iraq, at latitude 37° ll' 32" N; longitude 42° 50'
30" E. The upper division consists of 99 meters of blue "marls", over-
lying a lower division of 128.8 meters of thin bedded limestone.
A generalized subsurface section presented by Al Naqib (Fig. 3)
shows the Shiranish Formation encountered at different depths in the
three boreholes. Limestone and intercalated "marl" are the main consti-
tuents.
A detailed lithologic description of a part of the Shiranish For-
mation covered in this study in each borehole is herewith presented
(Fig. 4).
Butmah Well No. 9 (3840-3960 feet)
Shiranish Formation
3. Argillaceous limestone, dark gray;
Depth Interval (feet)
chalky limestone • • • • • • • • • • . • • . . • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3840-3845
Page 25
AGE
w z w (,)
0 w ...J ~ Q.
z ~ -.... :z: (,)
a:: .... (/)
w ~ :IE
Figure 3,
FORM-AT ION
-.., -...J
~
~
:z: (/) -z ~ a:: -:z: fl)
AIN ZALAH NO.I7
AIN ZALAH NO.I6
-= == ------:-:--
- - 4-•• -o· ~~~----~oso·~~~~ ~·-- -
.. ., ..
~--- SAMPLED INTERVALS
------- TERTIARY I CRETACEOUS CONTACT
BUTMAH NO.9
STIO' __
- -- !!!•'-
s .. o·
11
General sketch of stratigraphic columns furnished by Al Naqib (Iraq Petroleum Co.).
Page 26
FORMATION
AGE l
z cr
1&.1 - -z z 1&.1 .., 1&.1 Q
z u cr -0 _, 1&.1
_, _,
f-;- cr f--
cr _, u)
a. z cr cr -z cr Q
38
z % cr
Cl) -
BUTMAH WELL
NO.9
45
- -- - - -- --- - -- - -- - - -- -- - --- - - -- I - -1-1- -
-I - I -
3 3
3 3
3
3
710 715
735 740
750
780
-I - - \ 1- J -I - 1-I--I - -- I -
::::::><;: -I - -
-
\ \
3 84~
1\ \
AIN ZALAH
WELL NO 17 4909 ~ ... ... · ...
~~ .... .... .... 4919.5 ... -- --
>< 4922.&
- -- -- -- -- 4926
·I - 1-- 1-
I - 1-- 1 -
·I - 1-- l -
·I - 1-
\ - -- -- I -
\ - -~~ .... ... -............
AIN ZALAH
WELL NO. 16
,....,r----'T--r-""1 s 031 ,~.,-_.... __ .__.,. 5036
I 1 1'--.-----.-:~o~ 5051
I I I I I I I
._ -% z
- I - 1- .- \ \
- ---... -- -...
4943 1 4945 I 49461
u - cr Q: ._ Q:
(I) -1&1
cr %
2 U)
1- -- I -I - -
- I -- -
- I -- -
\ \ \ \
3
LEGEND
~ LIMESTONE ~CHALKY LIMESTONE
~ ARGILLACI!:OUS D SHALE - LIMESTONE - -
~ GLAUCONITIC 0 CALCAREOUS
ARGILLACEOUS SHALE -N LIMESTONE
..L
m LIMESTONE ~ SAMPLES MICRo- BRECCIA MISSING
... .... L .... ..L. .&.- .I-
... .... ... \ \
\ ..... ..&.. ..&.. .... L
....
\ \
\
..... ..&. ..... ..&. . .... ..L
.... ..&.. ..L .... .... .L ..... ..L
..&.. .&.- ...... - ..... --1 -- - ..., - -- -- I -
-I -I-- T --I -I-
4849 49sp
I 49,3
I I
4971
•
5138
5142
5147 5150
~B3Ee5:~-;j 5155
Figure 4. Subsurface stratigraphic sections based on present study.
12
Page 27
13
2. Argillaceous limestone; calcareous shale, dark to medium gray, high percentage of detrital feldspar and quartz; chert; few shale streaks; and limestone . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . • . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . 3855-3950
1. Mainly argillaceous limestone, light gray; some limestone cuttings; rare arkose ......•.....•.. 3950-3960
The large depth interval of the well cuttings, and the possibility
of having caving contamination made the precise locating of shale streaks
and thin limestone beds in the borehole section of Butmah No. 9 impossible.
Ain Zalah Well No. 16 (5031-5175 feet)
Of the 144 feet of subsurface section, only 53 feet are represented
by samples (cores), the rest is not available. It is characterized by
homogeneous lithology. Percentage of carbonates varies between 65 and
83.5 per cent, averaging 72.7 per cent. The whole section is argilla-
ceous limestone; it varies in abundance of pyrite from less than 1 per
cent to 10 per cent, and it contains rare and scattered organic material
and randomly distributed glauconite. The detailed lithologic description
is as follows (Fig. 4).
Shiranish Formation Depth Interval
Top (feet)
16. Argillaceous limestone, well-indurated, light gray with dark streaks of organic material; about 2 per cent scattered grains of pyrite .................................... 5031-5036
15. Argillaceous limestone, light to yellowish gray; a few scattered grains of pyrite and a little organic material •••...•••....••.•..... 5051-5056
14. Argillaceous limestone, indurated, light to medium gray; a few dark organic streaks; disseminated grains of pyrite less than 1 per cent; a few glauconite grains •••••••••• 5056-5061
Page 28
13. Argillaceous limestone~ light gray~ more indurated than the above samples; highly fossiliferous; small scattered spots of dark organic material forming about 1 per cent of the sample; disseminated pyrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5061-5066
12. Argillaceous limestone~ well-indurated; light to medium gray; abundance of glauconite grains less than the previous sample; very little pyrite and organic material ....................••..........•...• 5075-5078
11. Argillaceous limestone; poorly-indurated~ medium gray; small to large grains of pyrite forming about 1 per cent of the sample; dark streaks and irregular spots of organic material forming about 2 per cent; glauconite about l per cent ..............................•.... 5082-5085
10. Argillaceous limestone, well-indurated; light to medium gray; abundance of glauconite grains less than the previous sample; very little pyrite and organic material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5093-5095
9. Argillaceous limestone, medium gray; very few large grains of pyrite ....•...••.... 5111-5114
8. Argillaceous limestone, light to medium gray; about 1 per cent pyrite ••.....•........ 5121-5124
7. Argillaceous limestone, light gray; pyrite recorded in different forms, patches forming about 30 per cent of the rock; disseminated grains forming about 2 per cent, locally concentrated forming dark streaks ..••.....••....•..•...•.. 5126-5128
6. Argillaceous limestone, light gray to medium gray; pyrite forming less than 2 per cent, some disseminated grains form about 10 per cent; thin gypsum ve1.n . • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • . • . • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • 5136-5138
5. Argillaceous limestone, light gray to dark gray; pyrite forms about 1 per cent in form of disseminated grains; black organic material less than 1 per cent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5142-5145
4. Argillaceous limestone, light gray; disseminated grains of pyrite concentrated locally, pyrite ranging from less than 1 per cent to 10 per cent, average percentage is about 2 per cent ••••••••••••••• 51.47-5150
14
Page 29
3. Argillaceous limestone, medium gray to yellowish gray; pyrite about 3 per cent in form of patches, some are large enough to be recognized by the unaided eye ...........................•.•..... 5155-5158
2. Argillaceous limestone, light gray to medium gray; pyrite in the form of disseminated grains and separated patches forming around l to 2 per cent of the sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5166-5169
1. Argillaceous limestone, light gray, very thinly laminated; scattered grains of pyrite forming about 5 to 7 per cent of the sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . 5172-5175
Ain Zalah Well No. 17 (4968-4980 feet)
The portion of the Shiranish Formation in Ain Zalah Well No. 17
15
that was studied can be distinctly divided into two units. A lower unit,
9 feet thick, is of Upper Cretaceous age. The lithology of the upper
unit (4968-4971 feet) suggests that it overlies an unconformity; poorly
preserved foraminifera are present but scarce. Glauconite in this unit
is abundant and ranges from 15 to 30 per cent.
Lithologic description of the two units as follows:
Shiranish Formation
2. Argillaceous limestone, glauconitic, light to medium gray; abundant fecal pellets; little organic material; pyrite and fish teeth; some chert cuttings
Depth Interval (feet)
at bottom . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4968-4971
l. Argillaceous limestone, medium to dark gray; little pyrite; about l per cent glauconite at top •....••...•.................. 4971-4980
Page 30
16
b. AALIJI FORMATION
The type locality of this formation is in northwestern Syria
(Meidannki, latitude 36° 29 1 25" N, longitude 36° 18 1 55" E) (van Bellen,
l950, unpublished report to Syria Petroleum Co.). A supplementary
type locality was chosen for Iraq. It is located in I.P.C. Well k. 109,
at latitude 35° 33 1 08" N; longitude 44° 18 1 55" E, between drilled
depths 2487 feet and 3035 feet (elevation 1193 feet). It is generally
gray and light-J:?rown, argillaceous "marls", "marly" limestone and shales
with occasional microscopic fragments of chert.
The Aaliji Formation is mainly shale with intercalated limestone
streaks. This study involves a small portion of the formation in two
wells (Butmah No. 9 and Ain Zalah No. l7). (See Fig. 4).
Butmah Well No. 9 (37l0-3840 feet)
Al Naqib (written communication) supplied a detailed lithologic
description of the upper part of this formation as shown below.
Depth Type of Sample From To
37lQ I 3735 I Cuttings
Description of Strata, Oil, Gas and Water "Shows"
Shale, gray and purple with good parting, hard, calcareous, detrital, with common pyrite becoming rare towards the base, quartz and very rare glauconite. Light brown and gray marly detrital limestone bands occur sporadically but are especially concentrated in lower part.
Microfauna includes globigerinids, smaller globigerinids, globorotalids and occasional shoal debris.
Page 31
17
3735' 3740' Cuttings Limestone micro-breccia, coarsely detrital, clastic, with angular grains of quartz, abundant pyrite, calcite,
3740' 3750' Cuttings
rare feldspar, rare amphibole and iron mineral stains.
Shale, gray, dense, hard with medium to parting, detrital, calcareous. Intercalations of thin bands of light brown limestone are common.
Microfauna with globigerinids, globorotalids and rare shoal cavings.
The remainder of the section is argillaceous limestone (carbonates
abundance range between 57-82 per cent), medium to dark gray; detrital
limestone.
Ain Zalah Well No. 17 (4909-4968 feet)
Aaliji Formation Depth Interval
Top (feet)
5. Calcareous shale, medium to gray, little pyrite, rare glauconite at top of interval .... 4909-4919.5
4. Argillaceous limestone, light to medium gray; very few fecal pellets, pyrite, and glauconite in upper part ..•....•....•..... 4919.5-4924
3. Lithographic limestone, light gray, well-indurated; very little glauconite
2. Argillaceous limestone, light to medium gray; rare, scattered glauconite material; and very little pyrite; scattered·fecal
4924.5
pellets ....................................... 4924.5-4943
l. Calcareous shale, medium to dark gray, some pyrite and organic material. Thin streak of well-indurated argillaceous limestone, near the top and few fecal pellets at bottom • • • . • • • . . • . • • • • . • • • . • • • • . • • • • 4943-4968
Page 32
l8
CHAPTER II. UPPER CRETACEOUS STRATIGRAPHY AND PALEONTOLOGY
A. STRATIGRAPHY
The distinctive stratigraphic features and the relationship between
the Maestrichtian and the Senonian has been a center of dispute among
stratigraphers who deal with the Upper Cretaceous sections in most parts
of the world.
Jeletzky (l95l) suggested that the Maestrichtian should be considered
an independent stage, younger than and equal in rank to the Senonian.
Berggren's (l965a) discussion of the Maestrichtian Stage is highly
recommended by the writer for an adequate understanding of the stratigraphic
position of this stage. El-Naggar (1966, pp. l5-l9) presented a clear
discussion of the problems involving the Maestrichtian and the Senonian in
the Upper Cretaceous stratigraphy. He concluded that "until the type
sections of the Senoni~n and Maestrichtian are studied in detail and
correlated more precisely, it is advisable to treat the Maestrichtian
separately from the Senonian."
In Iraq some geologists have treated the Maestrichtian and the Senonian
as separate chronostratigraphic units, each with a distinctive identity
(Owen and Nasr, 1958, Fig. 6). In the Lexique Stratigraphique Inter
national, van Bellen et al. (1959, p. 7) states "It has been customary,
in Iraq, to include the Coniacian, Santonian, Campanian and Maestrichtian
stages within the Senonian." The intra-Campanian discontinuity is
considered by them as a time-line between the Upper Senonian which
includes the upper part of the Campanian and Maestrichtian units, and the
Lower Senonian, which includes the Coniacian, the Santonian, and the
lower part of Campanian units (Fig. 5).
Page 33
19
TERTIARY
Maestrichtian
~ ClJ 0.. Campanian §'
(Upper Part)
C/)
:::::> Campanian 0 z
~ (Lower Part) ~ H z (.) 0 z ~ ~
C/) Santonian E--< ~ ClJ
~ ~ p:; ~
(.) Coniacian
Turonian
Figure 5. Stratigraphic nomenclature of the Upper Cretaceous suggested in the Lexique Stratigraphique International (van Bellen et al. ~ l959). --
Page 34
Al Naqib (1967, Plate 2) cited the Upper Cretaceous column as
following:
Maestrichtian U. Campanian L. Campanian-L. Senonian
No position for the Upper Senonian was found in his plate. Dunnington
(1967, Fig. D) presented a similar succession.
A further study is needed; it should include more Upper Cretaceous
20
sections from different geographic localities in Iraq before the relation-
ship of the Maestrichtian with the Senonian can be established. The
limited number of sections and samples studied in this investigation did
not enable such clarification to be made.
B. MICROFAUNAL ASSEMBLAGES
The Shiranish Formation is the only lithostratigraphic unit of Upper
Cretaceous age represented in this study in the three boreholes. It has
been considered to be of Upper Senonian (Maestrichtian) age at the top,
and Maestrichtian or late Campanian at the base (van Bellen et al., 1959,
pp. 269-274).
The material from Butmah Well No. 9 (depth interval 3840-3960 feet),
Ain Zalah Well No. 16 and Ain Zalah Well No. 17 (depth interval 4971-
4980) (Fig. 4) yielded a distinctive foraminiferal assemblage. Among
the important index fossils that the three indicated subsurface intervals
have in common are the following.(Charts 1, 2, and 3):
Neoflabellina reticulata (Reuss)
Praebulimina carseyae (Plummer)
P. cushmani (Sandidge)
Heterohelix globulosa (Ehrenberg)
Page 35
21
Pseudoguembelina costulata (Cushman)
Stensioina americana Cushman and Dorsey
S. excolata (Cushman)
In addition to the typical forms previously mentioned, this same
interval of the Shiranish Formation in Ain Zalah Wells No. 16 and 17
yielded much more diverse forms. The following species, identified from
this formation in these wells do not appear in comparable strata in
Butmah Well No. 9:
Neoflabellina jarvisi (Cushman)
N. semireticulata (Cushman and Jarvis)
Praebulimina laevis (Beissel)
Heterohelix reussi (Cushman)
Planoglobulina carseyae (Plummer)
P. glabrata (Cushman)
P. ornatissima (Cushman and Church)
Hedpergella planispira (Tappan)
Globotruncana conica White
~· stuarti subsp. stuarti (de Lapparent)
Globorotalites michelinianus (d'Orbigny)
Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzehak)
Beside the above indicated fauna, the Shiranish Formation in both
Ain Zalah Well No. 16 and Butmah Well No. 9 had the following distinctive
species which were absent from the same formation in Ain Zalah Well No. 17:
Globotruncana andori de Klasz
G. area (Cushman)
Bolivinoides draco subsp. doreeni Finlay
Globotruncana fornicata Plummer
Page 36
~· gagnebini Tilev
The following Upper Cretaceous index fauna was found only in the
Shiranish Formation in Ain Zalah Well No. 16:
Globotruncana aegyptiaca Nakkady s.s.
G. aegyptiaca subsp. duwi Nakkady
G. caliciformis subsp. caliciformis (de Lapparent)
Stensioina labyrinthica Cushman and Dorsey
22
The above indicated foraminiferal fauna from the Shiranish Formation
correlates this unit with known Maestrichtian sections elsewhere in the
world: Mendez Shale of Mexico (Cushman~ 1926, 1927, 1946; White, 1928;
and Hay, 1960); Maestrichtian of the U.S.S.R. (Morosova, 1939; Keller~
1946; and Subbotina~ 1953); Guayaguayare Formation in Trinidad~ B.W.I.
(Bolli~ 1951~ 1957a; Beckman~ 1960); lower-upper Maestrichtian boundary
at Leon~ Belgium (Hofker, 1956a); type Maestrichtian of Holland (Hofker,
1960c, and 1962); Denmark and Sweden (Berggren, 1960b); Pyrenean area
(Mangin, 1960); Paderno d'Adda section, northern Italy (Bolli and Cita,
1960); Monmouth Group in Long Island, New York (Perlmutter and Todd, 1965).
Page 37
CHAPTER III. UPPER CRETACEOUS-LOWER CENOZOIC BOUNDARY
The tool to be used as a mean for defining the boundaries between
stages, series, systems and even erathems has been one of the most con
troversial subjects among stratigraphers. To correlate and subdivide
23
a local stratigraphic section in an area far from the type locality is
still a controversial matter for geologists. The Tremadoc, the Rhaetic,
and the Danian problems are classical examples of such a controversy.
Even among the paleontologists who agree on using organic evolution as
the main base for correlation, the disputed question is:
are the most important index fossils?"
"Which taxa
For most micropaleontologists working on foraminifera the answer
to this question, in regard to the Cretaceous-Cenozoic boundary, has been
almost universally agreed upon: the distinctive change in some genera of
planktonic foraminifera between the Maestrichtian, which yields Hetero
helix spp. and Globorotalia spp., and the Danian, which contains Globi
gerina spp. and Globorotalia spp., represents the line of demarcation
between the Mesozoic and the Cenozoic Eras (see list of references on
page 30, and papers in Internat. Geol. Congr., Report of 21st Session,
Norden, 1960, Part 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), the Cretaceous-Tertiary Boundary).
Henson ( 1938) studied the "smaller foraminifera" in Palestine and
adjoining countries (including Iraq). The contact between Globotruncana
Guembelina (Heterohelix) and Globigerina-Globorotalia has been cited by
him as the Cretaceous-Eocene contact.
In the Lexique Stratigraphique International (van Bellen et al.,
1959, p. 14), the authors in their general outline of the stratigraphy of
Iraq stated: "The Cretaceous rock-sequence ends 5 more or less abruptly
Page 38
24
in most localities (possibly throughout the region), at a major erosional
unconformity of post-Maestrichtian (or very late Maestrichtian) date,
which is succeeded by Paleocene or younger sediments."
The Mesozoic-Cenozoic contact is represented by the two litho
stratigraphic units: the Shiranish Formation (Cretaceous), and the
Aaliji Formation (lower Tertiary). The relationship between the two
lithologic units has been pointed out to be unconformable (van Bellen
et al. , 1959, p. 271).
In the present investigation, however, it was found that the Aaliji
Formation probably overlies the Shiranish Formation unconformably in
Butmah Well No. 9, while in the Ain Zalah Well No. 17, the contact is
overlain by glauconitic argillaceous limestone, enriched with fecal pellets,
and is devoid of any foraminifera (Fig. 4, depth interval of 4968 to
4971 ft.). This suggests an unconformable relationship between the
Aaliji Formation and the Shiranish Formation in Ain Zalah Well No. 17,
this glauconitic argillaceous limestone was not recorded in Butmah Well
No. 9. The depth 4971 feet was considered the contact line between the
two units in Ain Zalah Well No. 17. Nevertheless, in both oil wells the
writer recognized the distinctive change in many planktonic and few
benthonic foraminifera at a depth of 3840 feet in Butmah Well No. 9,
and between the depth levels 4971 and 4968 feet in Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
The above intervals, furthermore would represent the contact between the
Mesozoic and the Cenozoic sediments.
The vertical range of some important index fossils is shown in
Cha~ts 1, 2, and 3 (in back pocket). Due to possible caving contamina
tion of the well-cuttings in Butmah Well No. 9, the biostratigraphic
units and boundaries are drawn on the basis of highest vertical range
Page 39
25
and faunal assemblages of these fossils. The abundance and general range
should be interpreted with caution in this well. On the other hand,
the cores from Ain Zalah Well No. 17 made even the determination of the
lowest appearance of some typical forms possible; this added an addi
tional tool to the determination of the biostratigraphic boundaries in
this particular subsurface section.
Page 40
26
CHAPTER IV. THE PALEOCENE SERIES AND ITS SUBDIVISIONS
The problems that concern subdividing the Paleocene Series into
chronostratigraphic units (stage, substage), and the controversial
opinions concerning the biostratigraphic zones have been thoroughly
presented (although not yet resolved) by many stratigraphers, especially
in recent years (see Hofker, 1962; Berggren, 1962, 1964, l965a, l965b,
l965c, l965d, 1968; Barr and Berggren, 1965; Bandy, 1964, and 1967;
Jenkins, 1965; and El-Naggar, 1966, 1967).
The Paleocene is considered here as a series, having the same stra
tigraphic status as the Eocene, and its biostratigraphic units are
slightly altered (Fig. 4) from those of earlier workers (Fig. 6) (Said
and Sabry, 1964; Barr and Berggren, 1965; and Berggren, 1965 a-d) to be
consistent with the planktonic foraminifera recognized in Iraq. Figure
6 represents the heirarchy of stratigraphic terms used. The terms
Danian ~.l., Danian~·~·, and Montian ~·~·mean, unrestricted Danian,
restricted Danian, and restricted Montian respectively.
In Ain Zalah Well No. 17 and Aaliji Formation yielded typical Danian
fossils and Landenian forms. Although the Paleocene section in this well
is not divided into substages (Danian~·~·, Montian ~·~·' Thanetian, and
Sparnacian), zones, and subzones, nevertheless there is a clear succession
of the following faunal units (Chart 2):
(3). The flood of Globorotalia pseudomenardii (Landenian).
(2). Disappearance of some typical Danian forms (Globigerina
daubjergensis, Globorotalia cornpressa, and G. pseudobulloides)
and first appearance of keeled Globorotalia.
Page 41
27
Series Stage Substage Zone and Subzone
(/)
Globorotalia velascoensi •ri s s:: (/)
rd s:: •rl (!)
Subzone C) 0 rd C)
s:: (/)
H rd rd ..-1
z 0.. (!) Cf) > (!)
c:c: s:: rd 0
H •rl N ..-1
z rd Globorotalia psuedomenar +' dii
~ 0 H
Q 0 Subzone ,.Q
z 0 ..-1 c:c: c.9
~ ....::1 s:: rd
z •rl +' Globorotalia angulata/ ~ (JJ
s:: u rd
0 ES Globorotalia pusilla ~
....::1 pusilla Zone. c:c: p..., .
(/) . (/) Globorotalia uncinata
fa Zone . •rl
..-1 +' . § (/) :::8
z c:c: H .
Globorotalia pseudobulloides/ (/)
z . (/)
c:c: Globigerina daubjergensis Q fa
•rl
fa Zone Q
Fig. 6. Detailed stratigraphic division and biostratigraphic zonation. Modified after Barr and Berggren, 1965, and Berggren, 1968. The terms Danian s.l., Danian s.s., and Montian s.s. mean unrestricted Danian: restricted Danian and restricted Montian, respectively.
Page 42
(1). Disappearance of typical Maestrichtian fauna ( Globotruncana
spp., Heterohelix spp., Praebulimina ~·, among others),
and first appearance of non-keeled (truncated) Globorotalia
and other Danian index fossils.
28
In Butmah Well No. 9, it was hard to recognize the same sequence of
biozones as the ones recognized in Ain Zalah Well No. 17, because of
caving contamination. Nevertheless the Danian Stage (lower Paleocene)
in Butmah Well No. 9 was based on the vertical range of some world-wide
identified typical Danian forms. The rest of the Aaliji Formation in
this well is considered post-Danian and placed in the Landenian Stage
(Chart 1).
Page 43
29
CHAPTER V. DANIAN STAGE
A. HISTORICAL REVIEW
The Danian Stage was introduced by Desor in 1846, for the limestone
deposits which unconformably overlie the Senonian white chalk in Denmark.
The type localities are Stevns Klint and Fakse (= Faxe = Fax~e). Des or
(1846) considered the Danian deposits as the youngest stage of the
Cretaceous System, on the basis of similarity in echinoid fauna, litho
logy, and stratigraphic position between this stage and the "pisolitic
limestone" in the Paris Basin, which was considered to be of Upper Cre
taceous age. D'Orbigny (1852), described the fauna of the type Danian for
the first time and pointed out its Cretaceous character.
However, the Tertiary affinity of the chalk and limestone at the
Klint and Fakse localities was suggested by Forchhammer (1823), even
before the establishment of the Danian Stage. He based his conclusion
on studying the mollusks, and comparing them with those of the "calcaire
grossiere" of the Paris Basin. Later, Rosenkrantz (1960) confirmed
Forchhammer's opinion, after investigating the molluscan fauna of the
Danian in Denmark. After the introduction of the new stage, de Grossouvre
(1897, 1901) considered both the Danian and the Montian as a single unit,
placing this unit at the base of the Tertiary.
Ravn, who is considered the finest expert on Danish mollusks pub
lished (1902a-b, 1903) monographs of the mollusks in the Danian chalk,
concluding that the Danian is the youngest unit in the Cretaceous System.
Brunnich-Nielsen (1909, 1913a-b) following Ravn, considered the Danian
as uppermost Cretaceous; then, in 1919, after studying the hydrocoralline
fauna from Fakse, indicated it has closer affinity with the hydrozoans in
Page 44
the Miocene, in addition to the Tertiary affinity of the gastropods,
decapod crustaceans, nautiloids and fish remains, concluding that the
Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary should be placed below the Danian. In
1920, he stressed the same conclusion.
30
Investigations of the planktonic foraminifera by Bronnimann (1953),
Bolli, Loeblich and Tappan (1957), Loeblich and Tappan (1957a, b), and
Troelsen (1957) have confirmed the conclusions of those who advocate
placing the Danian within the Tertiary System. Since then, most of the
micropaleontologists working on the "smaller foraminifera" of the Upper
Cretaceous, and the lower Tertiary have followed the same trend. In fac~,
this change has been demonstrated in most parts of the world: Bronnimann
(1953) and Troelsen (1957) in Denmark; Loeblich and Tappan (1957a, b),
Olsson (1960), and Bandy (1964) in the United States; Bolli (1957b) in
Trinidad, B.W.I.; Nakkady (1957), Said and Kerdany (1961), Said and Sabry
(1964), and El-Naggar (1966) in Egypt (U.A.R.); Hornibrook (1958, 1962)
in New Zealand; Bolli and Cita (1960a, b) in Italy; Mangin (1960) in
France; and Morozova (1960) in U.S.S.R.
Hofker presented the results of his studies on the Maestrichtian and
Danian foraminifera of the Netherlands, Belgium, and Denmark in a series
of papers (1956-1962). He concluded (1962, p. 1051) that the Maestrichtian
of the type area is a time-equivalent (correlative) of the type Danian in
Denmark, and that "the planktonic foraminiferal break coincides with the
Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary only when there is a gap in the orthogenetic
record caused by a sedimentary gap."
A different stratigraphic level in the evolution of foraminifera
was noticed by studying the biostratigraphic succession of the planktonic
and the benthonic foraminifera in the Upper Cretaceous-lower Tertiary
Page 45
31
sections. An example of this difference, is the work done in the Lizard
Springs Formation of Trinidad, B.W.I. Cushman and Renz (1946, 1947),
who put the emphasis on the benthonic foraminifera, gave an Upper Cre
taceous age to the Lizard Springs Formation. Bolli (1957b, p. 62)
stated that " ... in cases where only benthonic foraminifera are present
it may, therefore, become difficult to determine whether a fauna is of
Upper Cretaceous of Paleocene age." Beckmann ( 1960) ~ studying the ben
thonic foraminifera at the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary of Trinidad,
B.W.I., concluded that the benthonic fauna of the Upper Cretaceous con
tinues into the lowermost Tertiary up to the Globorotalia velascoensis
Zone (top of the Paleocene). Earlier, Bolli (1957b) had indicated the
destinctive change in planktonic and benthonic foraminifera between the
Paleocene and lower Eocene of the same area.
Brotzen (1959) continued his studies on the stratigraphy of the
Danian in southern Sweden (Scania), and revised the study of the echinoid
Tylocidaris in the Danian of Sweden. Some of his major conclusions were:
1. The Swedish and Danish Danian always lie on the highest layers
of the Maestrichtian, the uppermost Stevnsian. The term Stevnsian
was intruduced by Brotzen, in 1945, for the upper part of the Mae
strichtian, in the Danish-Swedish geosyncline.
2. The Danian is faunally and petrographically readily distin
guishable from the Seelandian (the lowermost Paleocene), and the
break between the Stevnsian and the Danian. Although he stated
that " ... to range the Danian with the Cretaceous or the Tertiary is
a matter of opinion," he pointed out that no fundamental evidence
has been presented to change the stratigraphic position of the
Page 46
32
Danian from the Cretaceous to the Tertiary.
During the 21st International Geologic Congress, a special session
was held on the Upper Cretaceous-lower Tertiary boundary, published in
Part 5 of the Congress Report and in the Reports of the Soviet Geologists,
Problem 5. These publications reveal the vigorously disputed position of
the Danian Stage. Yanshin (1960) confirmed the highly accelerated evo
lutionary development of the planktonic foraminifera at the boundary
between the Maestrichtian and the Danian; he also indicated that gastro
pods and echinoids change more rapidly at the bottom of the Danian than
in the upper part. Aside from that, he showed that the rest of the fauna
and flora in the Danian of the U.S.S.R. permits leaving the Danian within
the Cretaceous System. On the contrary, Naidin (1960) reviewed literature
on the distribution of ammonites, Inoceramus, rudistids, and dinosaurs,
concluding that reports of these groups in the Danian were erroneous, and
Morozova (1939, 1960) demonstrated the Tertiary affinity of the Danian
foraminiferal fauna in the U.S.S.R.
Jeletzky (1960, 1962), in his study of dinosaur-bearing rocks of
supposedly Danian age of the western interior of North America, showed
that the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in western North America should be
placed between the Hell Creek (= Lance) Formation and the Fort Union
Group, indicating that this boundary should coincide with the Maestrichtian
Danian and not the Danian-Landenian boundary, and that any records of
dinosaurs from rocks presumably younger than the Maestrichtian (i.e.
Danian), outside of North America (for example in southern and north
western Europe, Patagonia, Mongolia, and India) are actually Maestrichtian
or older. Jeletzky (1960, 1962) pointed out that the global disappearance
of the dinosaurs had been prior to the end of the Maestrichtian, and that
Page 47
33
this disappearance coincides with that of the ammonites, true belemnites
(Belemnitellidae), rudistids, Cretaceous planktonic foraminifera, and
marine and flying reptiles. He (Jeletzky, 1962, p. 1005) attributed the
extinctions of these marine and terrestrial Mesozoic animals to " ... some
kind of radical, world-wide change in the physical regime of our planet."
He referred to this event as a "catastrophe" or "revolution."
Morozova (1960, p. 96) shared with Jeletzky the same opinion. The
evolutionary and ecological change of foraminifera at the Maestrichtian
Danian boundary is explained as a result of " ... fall of temperature and
increase of its fluctuation, followed by changes in the gas-regime, which
is explained by a sudden increase in the intensity of the solar radiation,
as well as by the immersion of the sea bottom as a result of tectonic
causes."
It is beyond the scope of this study to present a complete survey
of the historical background of the investigations concerning the Danian
Stage. The work of Odum (1926), Brotzen (1959) and Berggren (1965a)
could be consulted for more detailed reviews.
The historical review, by the writer, revealed the following general
trends followed by the numerous authors:
1. Attributing the Danian Stage to the Cretaceous (Mesozoic) or the
Tertiary (Cenozoic) was affected, in most cases, by the group of
taxa under investigation, in few cases the dispute was even over
the inclination of a specific fauna.
2. The majority of biostratigraphers working on planktonic foram
inifera, place the Danian in the lower Tertiary, and the change in
some planktonic families at the base of the Danian marks the Mesozoic
Cenozoic boundary.
3. Two main theories regarding the Danian Stage dominate the thoughts
Page 48
34
of stratigraphers. On the one hand stand those who believe in a
world-wide extinction of the typical Mesozoic fauna at the end of
the Cretaceous (for example Morozova, 1960, Jeletezky, 1962). On
the other, are some authors who indicated the transitional character
of the Danian fauna and flora, relating that to the gradual develop
ment of organisms due to the struggle for existence. As a result,
those authors declared, some taxa in the Danian have closer affinity
with those of the Cretaceous, while others show closer similarity
to those of the Tertiary type (Yanshin, 1960).
B. THE DANIAN STAGE .!!:!._ IRAQ
Early investigators referred ambiguously to the Danian of Iraq in
their publications and reports. Henson (1938) recognized three biostrati
graphic zones in the Imam Hassan Basin of Iraq, these were: (l) The
Globotruncana-Guembelina Zone (Upper Cretaceous). (2) The Transitional
Zone, characterized by rare survivors of typical Upper Cretaceous species,
with an abundance of sharply-keeled Globorotalia. This microfauna extends
from the highest Danian into the early Eocene where the first Tertiary
genera (Vulvulina, Nummulites, Discocyclina, etc.) may appear. (3) The
Globigerina-Globorotalia Zone, that first appeared in the uppermost
Danian, considered to represent the early Eocene, which apparently included
the Paleocene. (In other words, he considered the Danian to be partly
Cretaceous and partly Eocene.)
Grimsdale (1951, Fig. l) presented a chart of comparison between the
pelagic foraminifera in the Middle East (including Iraq) and the Gulf
of Mexico and Carribean area. Part of his chart is presented here (Fig. 7).
Page 49
35
+-' p,
Go ~ .. Q) YPRESIAN ' f:::
+-' •rl CIJ +-' ru CIJ THANETIAN ~ Q)
rl Paleocene plus lower Eocene Q) ru rl A..o MONTI AN '1j '1j .. •rl ru ::E: •rl ? DANIAN
H :>,
U) .. c:r' ru H
H .......,
Fig. 7. The usage of Danian Stage as indicated by Grimsdale (1951, Fig. 1) in the Middle East.
Page 50
Grimsdale's chart showed the following fossils to be restricted to the
Paleocene: Globigerina pseudobulloides Plummer, ~· triloculinoides
Plummer, G. compressa Plummer, Globorotalia membranacea (Ehrenberg),
Gl. angulata (White), and Gl. velascoensis (Cushman).
36
Al Naqib (personal communication) indicated that the geologists of
the Iraq Petroleum Company follow the "Stratigraphic Correlation for the
Middle East," established by A. N. Dusenbury Jr. in 1941 and emended by
F. R. S. Henson in l945,in which both authors placed the Danian within
the Cretaceous. The writer could not locate any papers by those authors
in geologic literature. They are presumably unpublished reports.
The writer's earlier investigation (Al-Omari, 1966) recognized this
stage for the first time in Butmah Well No. 9, describing and illustrating
its characteristic foraminifera. The present study results in a slight
revision of the thickness of this stage in Butmah Well No. 9 and the estab
lishment of the Danian Stage in the Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
The lowest 60 feet of the Aaliji Formation in Butmah Well No. 9
(depth range 3780-3840 feet) and the lowest 15 feet of the same formation
in Ain Zalah Well No. 17 (depth range 4953-4968 feet) have in common the
following association of "smaller foraminifera": Globigerina daubjergensis
Bronnimann, Globorotalia compressa (Plummer),~· pseudobulloides (Plummer),
Globigerina triloculinoides Plummer, and Globorotalia uncinata Bolli.
Other species that characterize the Danian part of the Butrnah Well No. 9,
but not recovered from the comparable part of Ain Zalah Well No. 17 are
the following: Chiloguembelina midwayensis (Cushman) and C. martini
(Pijpers). The Danian section of Ain Zalah Well No. 17 is characterized
by: Bolivinoides delicatula Cushman, and Loxostomurn limonense (Cushman).
The association indicated above, or part of it, has been reported
Page 51
37
from the Danian section in many parts of the world: Algeria (ten Dam
and Sigal 1950), Egypt ( U. A. R.) (Said and Kenawy, 1956; Said and Kerdany,
1961; Said and Sabry, 1964; El-Naggar, 1966), Trinidad, B.W.I. (Bolli,
l957b), Denmark and southern Sweden (Troelsen, 1957; Berggren, 1960a, b,
1962), the Gulf and/or Atlantic Coastal Plains (Loeblich and Tappan,
l957b; Rainwater, 1960; Berggren l965b), India (Nagappa, 1960), Mexico
(Hay, 1960), New Zealand (Hornibrook, 1958, 1962), U.S.S.R. (Morozova,
1960), and Iran (Kavary and Frizzell, 1963). Following these authors,
the writer considered the Danian Stage to be of lower Tertiary age.
Page 52
38
CHAPTER VI. CONCLUSIONS
Biostratigraphic study of samples from subsurface sections in
Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Wells Nos. 16 and 17, in northwestern
Iraq, indicate the presence of a large number of "smaller foraminifera"
and a few ostracodes, fish teeth, and fecal pellets. Chronostratigraphic
boundaries between the Mesozoic (Maestrichtian) and the Cenozoic (Danian),
and within the Paleocene Series, were based on the vertical ranges and
faunal assemblages of some typical world-wide distributed planktonic and
a few benthonic foraminifera, which have been compared with correlative
faunas of equivalent stratigraphic units in other parts of the world.
The following are the major conclusions of this investigation:
l. The petrographic descriptive term marl is clarified in this
study and recommended either to be replaced by the terms calcareous
shale, argillaceous limestone, or to be thoroughly defined by the
authors.
2. The term "globigerinal limestone," which has been used by many
geologists in Iraq to describe the Shiranish Formation, has been
misused. It should be dropped.
3. The Upper Cretaceous faunal assemblages identified from the
Shiranish Formation, in the three boreholes, show a very close
affinity with the Maestrichtian fauna in many parts of the world.
The relationship of the Maestrichtian with the Senonian Stage
is not resolved here.
4. The Mesozoic-Cenozoic boundary is placed between the Maestri
chtian and the Danian Stages. This boundary is based mainly on the
planktonic foraminiferal changes between these two stages.
Page 53
5. The writer recognized this biostratigraphic boundary solely
on foraminifera. It is recommended that more detailed studies
should be conducted in other sections in Iraq to include, in addi
tion to foraminifera, other faunal and floral groups.
6. The Danian Stage is recognized for the first time in Ain Zalah
39
Well No. l7. It is based on the disappearance of typical planktonic
foraminifera of Maestrichtian age and the first appearance of world
wide recognized Danian fossils. The Danian is considered the oldest
stage within the Paleocene Series.
7. The Aaliji Formation is a Paleocene unit. It is referred
in this study, for the first time in Iraq, to the Danian s.l. and
Landenian Stages. Planktonic foraminifera, as present in many parts
of the world, are the main basis for this correlation.
8. Some typical species of the American Cretaceous section (Cushman,
1946, Frizzell 1954) have been identified in the Danian and Lande
nian of Iraq. A similar record is given by Kavary for Iran (Kavary
and Frizzell, 1963) and Said and Kenawy (1956) for Egypt (U.A.R.).
Page 54
40
CHAPTER VII. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS
The samples investigated in this work yielded a foraminiferal fauna
of 167 species and subspecies~ belonging to 53 genera~ 26 families~
8 superfamilies~ and two suborders. The classification followed is
that of Loeblich and Tappan (1964).
Suborder TEXTULARIINA Dleage and Herouard~ 1896
Superfamily AMMODISCACEA Reuss~ 1862
Family ASTRORHIZIDAE Brady~ 1881
Subfamily THIZAMMININAE Rhumbler~ 1895
Genus BATHYSIPHON M. Sars in G. 0. Sars~ 1872
BATHYSIPHON ALEXANDERI Cushman
Bathysiphon alexanderi Cushman~ 1933, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.~
Contr. ~ Vol. 9~ p. 49~ Pl. 5~ Fig. l; 1947~ U.S. Geol.
Survey~ Prof. Paper 206~ p. 14~ Pl. 1~ Fig. 5. - Frizzell~
1954, Univ. Tex.~ Bureau Econ. Geol.~ Rept. Invest.~ No. 22~
p. 56~ Pl. 1~ Fig. 1.- Takayanagi~ 1960~ Tohoku Univ.~ Sci.
Repts. ~ Ser. 2 (Geol.), Vol. 32, No. l, p. 64, Pl. 1, Fig. 4.
Description. - Test free, cylindrical, undivided; wall arenaceous
with considerable amount of cement~ fairly smooth; aperture rounded~ at
open end of tube.
Remarks. - Considerable variation in smoothness and size of test
was observed.
BATHYSIPHON BROSGEI Tappan
Bathysiphon brosgei Tappan~ 1957~ U.S. Nat. Mus.~ Bull. 215~ p. 202~
Pl. 65~ Figs. l-5; 1962, U.S. Geol. Survey~ Prof. Paper 236-C,
Page 55
p. 128, Pl. 29, Figs. 1~5. -Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contrib., Ser. No. 49, pp. 39-40, Pl. 1, Fig. 1.
Description. - Test free, elongate, consisting of undivided tube,
straight or bent, with minor surface constrictions; wall arenaceous,
smoothly finished; aperture rounded, at terminal end of tube.
41
Remarks. - The smoothly finished white wall characterizes this
species. Specimens from the Maestrichtian samples of Iraq were identical
to those recorded by Tappan (1957) from Alaska, and Sliter (1968) from
California. Bathysiphon brosgei Tappan ranges from the Albian to the
Maestrichtian.
BATHYSIPHON VITTA Nauss
Bathysiphon vitta Nauss, 1947, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 21, p. 334.
Pl. 48, Fig. 4. - Trujillo, 1960, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 34,
No. 2, p. 302, Pl. 43, Fig. 2.- Takayanagi, 1960, Tohoku Univ.,
Sci Repts., Ser. 2 (Geol.), Vol. 32, No. 1, p. 64, Pl. 1,
Fig. 4. -Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contrib., Ser. No. 49,
pp. 40-41, Pl. l, Fig. 3.
Description. - Test free, elongate, large, tubular, compressed,
undivided; wall finely agglutinated, smoothly finished; aperture formed
by open end of tube.
Remarks. - Except for the size and compression, this form is very
similar to Bathysiphon alexanderi. Takayanagi (1960) and Trujillo (1960)
indicated the presence of a black coating in some specimens. Species from
Iraq are white, closer to Sliter's specimens from California. The white
forms of this species could be crushed specimens of ~- alexanderi.
Page 56
Family SACCAMMINIDAE Brady, 1884
Subfamily SACCAMMININAE Brady, 1884
Genus PELOSINA Brady, 1879
PELOSINA COMPLANATA Franke
Pelosina complanata Franke, 1911, Preuss Geol. Landesanstalt,
42
Jahrb., Bd. 32, Teil 2, p. 107, Pl. 3, Figs. 1 a-b. -Frizzell,
1943, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 17, p. 336, Pl. 55, Fig. 4. -
Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 15, Pl. 1,
Figs. 9-11. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 10, Pl. 1,
Figs. 1 (synonymy).
Saccammina scruposum (Berthelin). White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 2, p. 183, Pl. 27, Fig. 5 (not Haplophragmium scruposum
Berthelin).
Description. -Test free, lenticular; wall rough; aperture terminal,
some with short neck.
Remarks. - A few specimens are closest to forms reported from Trinidad
(Cushman, 1946, Pl. 1, Figs. 10-11); encountered in the Upper Cretaceous
and Paleocene samples from Iraq.
Page 57
Family AMMODISCIDAE Reuss, 1862
Subfamily AMMODISCINAE Reuss, 1862
Genus GLOMOSPIRA Rzehak, 1885
GLOMOSPIRA CHAROIDES (Jones and Parker)
Subsp. CORONO Cushman and Jarvis
Trochammina squamata var. charoides Jones and Parker, 1860, Quart.
43
Jour. Geol. Soc., London, Vol. 16, p. 304.- Carpenter, Parker
and Jones, 1862, Roy. Soc. Publs., Introd. Foram., p. 141, Pl. ll,
Fig. 3.
Glomospira charoides (Jones and Parker). White, 1928, Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 3, p. 187, Pl. 27, Fig. 7. -Nuttall,
1930, Jour, Paleontology, Vol. 4, p. 279, Pl. 23, Fig. 1. -
Cushman and Renz, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ.
No. 24, p. 4, Pl. l, Figs. 18-19. - LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Mem. 54, p. 33, Pl. 1, Figs. 23-24. - Graham and Classen,
1955, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 6, Pt. 1, p. 6,
Pl. 1, Figs. 7 a-b (synonymy).
Glomospira charoides (Jones and Parker) var. corona Cushman and
Jarvis. Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206,
p. 19, Pl. 2, Figs. l-3.
Glomospira gordialis (Jones and Parker). Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 120-121, Pl. l, Fig. 7.
Glomospira iranensis Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 10, Pl. l,
Figs. 2-7.
Description. - Test tubular, with regular method of coiling, early
portion subspherical, later portion a flat cap from; aperture round,
Page 58
terminal, at end of tube.
Remarks. - Test recrystalized, having a smooth and hyaline appearance,
identical to the Mexican specimens described by White (1928, p. 187).
A few specimens identical to those reported from others parts in the
Middle East are recorded from the Butmah Well No. 9, in both the Maestri
chtian and Danian samples.
GLOMOSPIRA GORDIALIS (Jones and Parker)
Trochammina squamata var. gordialis Jones and Parker, 1860, Quart.
Jour. Geol. Soc., Sondon, Vol. 16, p. 304.
Glomospira gordialis (Jones and Parker). White, 1928, Jour. Paleon
tology, Vol. 2, p. 187, Pl. 27, Fig. 8. - Cushman, 1946, U.S.
Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 18-19, Pl. 1, Figs. 38-40. -
Frizzell, 1954, Bureau Econ. Geol., Univ. Tex., Rept. Invest.,
No. 22, p. 59, Pl. l, Fig. 22.
Remarks. - This species is distinguished by its planispiral mode of
growth. The early parts are slightly indistinct, the last tubular undi
vided chamber is clear. One specimen identical to Cushman's figured
specimen (1946, Pl. 1, Fig. 38) and to Frizzell's (1954, Pl. 1, Fig. 22)
from the upper part of the Taylor Marl and Austin Chalk of Texas is recorded
from a Danian sample in Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
Page 59
Superfamily LITUOLACEA de Blainville, 1825
Family TEXTULARIIDAE Ehrenberg, 1838
Subfamily SPIROPLECTAMMININAE Cushman, 1927
Genus SPIROPLECTAMMINA Cushman, 1927
SPIROPLECTAMMINA DENTATA (Alth)
45
Textularia dentata Alth, 1850, Haidinger's Naturwiss. Abh., Bd. 3,
p. 262, Pl. 13, Fig. 13.
Spiroplectammina dentata (Alth). Cushman and Jarvis, 1932, U.S.
Nat. Mus., Proc., Vol. 80, Art. 14, p. 14, Pl. 3, Figs. 7 a-b. -
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 121,
Pl. 1, Fig. 9. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser. No. 102, p. 12, Pl. 1, Fig. 16
(synonymy).
Description. - Test elongate, about 1 1/2 to 2 times as long as
broad; chambers distinct, broad, increasing in breadth and slightly in
height as added, extending outward into spinose processes; sutures dis
tinct, depressed, straight to slightly curved; wall finely arenaceous,
surface smoothly finish; aperture semicircular, low, at inner margin of
last chamber.
Remarks. - A very few specimens were identified from almost all post
Cretaceous samples of Ain Zalah Well No. 17, and sparsely obtained from
Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Well No. 16
SPIROPLECTAMMINA DESERTORUM LeRoy
Spiroplectamina desertorum LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54,
p. 50, Pl. 1, Figs. 19-20.
Page 60
46
Remarks. - A single specimen from the Landenian of Butmah Well No. 9
was attributed to this species that was described from the lower Tertiary
Esna Shale of Egypt (U.A.R.).
S.PIROPLECTAMMINA ESNAENSIS LeRoy
Spiroplectammina esnaensis LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54,
p. 50, Pl. 1, Fig. ll-12.
Remarks. - This species is distinguished by its irregular flanged
peripheral margin and wide, slightly curved, raised sutures. Specimens
from Iraq show a more curved apertural end. Recorded from the Shiranish
and Aaliji Formations of Butmah Well No. 9.
SPIROPLECTAMMINA LAEVIS (Roemer)
Spiroplectammina laevis (Roemer) var. cretosa Cushman, 1932, Cushman
Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 8, p. 87, Pl. 11, Figs. 3 a-b;
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 27-28, Pl. 6,
Figs. 1-3 (synonymy).
Spiroplectammina laevis (Roemer). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 46, Pl. 2, Fig. 9.
Description. - Test medium size, slightly longer than broad, with a
slightly rounded apertural end and distinctly raised margins of apertural
face; chambers distinct, with distinct raised ridges at sutural lines
along center of test; aperture a low opening, at inner margin of last
chamber.
Remarks. - Specimens of this species show variations in test thickness
and degree of tapering. Forms identified by LeRoy (1953) as Spiroplec
tamina knebeli fall within the variation of this species and that name
might be a junior synonym.
Page 61
Genus VULVULINA d'Orbigny, 1826
VULVULINA COLEI Cushman
Vulvulina colei Cushman, 1932, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
47
Vol. 8, Pt. 4, p. 84, Pl. 10, Figs. 21-22; 1944, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. No. 25, p. 55, Pl. l, Figs. 62-26
(synonymy). - Nakkady, 1952, Bull. Inst. Egypte, Vol. 33, p. 400,
Pl. l, Fig. 6. -LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 54,
Pl. 8, Fig. 23, - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 122, Pl. l, Fig. 15. - Kavary and Frizzell,
1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull. Tech. Ser., No.
102, p. 13, Pl. l, Figs. 20-21.
Description. - Test medium size, elongate, tapering, chambers
distinct, earlier chambers spiral, periphery either projecting or slightly
spinose; sutures distinct, flush to slightly depressed in uniserial stage;
wall very finely arenaceous, smoothly finished, surface somewhat polished;
aperture narrow, elongate, at terminal end of last chamber. Maximum
length, 0.94 mm; maximum breadth, 0.44 mm.
Remarks. - Specimens were recorded sporadically and in limited numbers
(l-7) from the Shiranish and Aaliji Formations of the three boreholes.
Species from Iraq were closest to those reported by Nakkady (1952),
LeRoy (1953), and Said and Kenawy (1956) from Egypt (U.A.R.). Only one
specimen showed closer affinity to forms recorded from the United States,
with the spiral portion distinct and separated from the following biserial
one.
VULVULINA GRACILLIMA ten Dam and Sigal
Vulvulina gracillima ten Dam and Sigal, 1950, Cushman Found. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. l, Pts. 102, p. 31, Pl. 2, Fig. 1.
Page 62
48
Description. - Test medium size~ elongate~ maximum breadth at end
to textularian part~ compressed especially in uniserial portion; peri
phery acute~ lobulate in last portion~ textularian portiori forms slightly
more than one-third of the test; five chambers in uniserial part~ in
creasing gradually in size as added; sutures distinct~ depressed, nearly
straight in rectilinear part; wall arenaceous, very smoothly finished;
aperture terminal.
Remarks. = Forms identical to the species identified by ten Dam and
Sigal (1950) from the Dano-Montian section in Algeria were recorded from
the Maestrichtian~ Danian and Landenian samples ·of Iraq. This species
shows a very close affinity to Vulvulina granulosa Finlay from New
Zealand (1947)~ p. 263~ Pl. 3~ Fig. 33~ not Fig. 34).
Genus TEXTULARIA Defrance~ 1824
TEXTULARIA FARAFRAENSIS LeRoy
Textularia farafraensis LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54,
p. 51, Pl. 2, Figs. 3-4. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleon
tology, Vol. 2., No. 2, p. 122~ Pl. 1~ Fig. 14.
Remarks. - LeRoy (1953) and Said and Kenawy (1956) recorded this
species from post-Maestrichtian samples in Egypt (U.A.R.). Specimens that
are identical to the Egyptian forms occurred sparsely in the Maestrichtian
samples from Iraq.
Page 63
Family ATAXOPHRAGMIIDE Schwagers 1877
Subfamily VERNEUILININAE Cushmans 1911
Genus VERNEUILINA d'Orbignys 1939
VERNEUILINA AEGYPTIACA Said and Kenawy
Verneuilina aegyptiaca Said and Kenawys 1956s Micropaleontologys
Vol. 2s No. 2s p. 122, Pl. 1, Figs. 16 a-b.
49
Description. - Test short, tapering, triangular in transverse sections
sides concave; periphery with rounded angles; sutures indistinct, slightly
depressed; wall coarsely arenaceous, roughly finished aperture a narrow
semicircular opening at base of last chamber.
Remarks.- This species has a large vertical range in Egypt (U.A.R.).
Occurs in Iraq in Maestrichtian and Paleocene samples.
VERNEUILINA KARRERI Said and Kenawy
Verneuilina karreri Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2,
No. 2, pp. 122-123, Pl. l, Fig. 17. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963,
Univ. Mo.s School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102s
pp. 13-14, Figs. 22-23.
Remarks. - This form differs from Verneuilina aegyptiaca Said and
Kenawy in this larger size and more acute angles, in being longer, and
in having the chambers less inflated. Recorded in some Maestrichtian
and Paleocene samples.
Genus GAUDRYINA d'Orbignys 1839
GAUDRYINA AUSTINIANA Cushman
Gaudryina (Siphogaudryina) austiniana Cushmans l936s Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 6s p. lOs Pl. 2s Figs. 5-7.- Frizzells
Page 64
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22,
p. 71, Pl. 5, Figs. 23 a-b.
50
Remarks. - Typical forms of this species were identified from the
Maestrichtian and Paleocene sections. Cushman (1946) indicated that it
is a good index fossil for the Austin Chalk, particularly the upper portion.
GAUDRYINA LAEVIGATA Franke
Gaudryina laevigata Franke, 1914, Deutsch. Geol. Ges., Zeitschr.,
Bd. 66, p. 431, Pl. 27, Figs. 1-2. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 33, Pl. 8, Fig. 4 (synonymy). -
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 123,
Pl. 1, Figs. 22 a-b. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo.,
School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 14, Pl. l,
Fig. 25.
Description. - Test elongate, usually l 1/2 to 2 times as long as
wide, early portion triserial, sharply triangular in transverse section,
angles acute to subacute; chambers enlarging rapidly, those of biserial
stage rather inflated, overlapping; sutures distinct to obscure in early
stage~ depressed in biserial stage; wall finely arenaceous, with various
degrees of smoothness; aperture usually low, elongate or semicircular,
at base of last chamber.
Remarks. - This species shows great variation in shape and smoothness.
Forms identical to figured specimens of Cushman are identified from both
Cretaceous and Paleocene samples.
Page 65
51
GAUDRYINA PYRAMIDATA Cushman
Gaudryina laevigata Franke var. pyramidata Cushman, 1926, Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., Vol. 10, p. 587, Pl. 16, Figs. 8 a-c.
Gaudryina (Pseudogaudryina) pyramidata Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 36, Pl. 8, Figs. 14 (synonymy). -
LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 31, Pl. 1, Figs. 17-18.
Gaudryina pyramidata Cushman. Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo.,
School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 14, Pl. 1,
Fig. 26.
Description. - Test somewhat longer than broad, triangular in trans
verse section, angles acute; early chambers triserial, later biserial,
slightly inflated quadrilateral on apertural end; wall arenaceous with a
smooth surface; sutures indistinct in early stage, distinct and depressed in
biserial stage; aperture low, semicircular, at inner margin of last chamber.
Remarks. - In material from Iraq it occurred in Maestrichtian and
Paleocene samples; its vertical distribution thus approaches its range
in Mexico and Trinidad (Cushman, 1946) and in Egypt (U.A.R.) (LeRoy, 1957).
Genus HETEROSTOMELLA Reuss, 1865
HETEROSTOMELLA AMERICANA Cushman
Heterostomella foveolata (Marsson). Cushman, 1928, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 4, p. lll, Pl. 16, Figs. 9-12 (not
Tritaxia foveolata Marsson).
Heterostomella americana Cushman, 1936, Cushman Lab. Foram., Res.,
Special Publ. 6, p. 24, Pl. 3, Fig. 20; 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, pp. 41-42, Pl. ll, Figs. 10, 12-21. - Frizzell,
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22,
p. 74, Pl. 6, Figs. 10•11.
Page 66
52
Description. - Test elongate, slightly tapering; chambers largely
obscurred by numerous longitudinal ridges; wall arenaceous, very finely
finished; aperture terminal, rounded.
Remarks. - A few specimens identical to forms identified from the
Taylor Group in the Gulf Coast of the United States, where recorded from
Maestrichtian samples of the Ain Zalah Wells.
HETEROSTOMELLA AUSTINIANA Cushman
Heterostomella austiniana Cushman, 1933, Cushman Lab. Foram., Res.,
Contr., Vol. 9, p. 53, Pl. 6, Figs. 1-3; 1937, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Special Pub. 7, p. 141, Pl. 19, Figs. 18-20;
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 41, Pl. 11, Figs.
2-7.- Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept.
Invest., No. 22, p. 74, Pl. 6, Fig. 12.
Remarks. -This species is characterized by large, linear depressions,
and a straight test. A few specimens were recorded in association with
H. americana Cushman.
HETEROSTOMELLA FOVEOLATA (Marsson)
Tritaxia foveolata Marsson, 1878, Mitt. Naturwiss, ver. Neuvorp.
und Rugens, Jhrg 10, p. 161, Pl. 3, Fig. 30.
Heterostomella foveolata Cushman, 1931, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 5,
p. 301, Pl. 34, Fig. 8; 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper
206, p. 42, Pl. 11, Fig. 11. - Hofker, 1958, Ann. Soc. Geol.,
Belgique, Vol. 81, p. B492, Fig. 45.
Siphogaudryina (Heterostomella) foveolata (Marsson). Hofker, 1966,
Palaeontographica, p. 86, Pl. 14, Fig. 5.
Page 67
53
Remarks. - Specimens identical to those reported by Cushman (1946)
from the Saratoga Chalk were encountered in material from Ain Zalah Well
No. 16 (depth range 5142-5145 feet). The species from Iraq was very
similar to forms identified by Hofker (1966) from the type Maestrichtian
in South Limburg, Netherlands.
Genus CLAVULINOIDES Cushman, 1936
CLAVULINOIDES ASPER Subsp. ASPER (Cushman)
Clavulina trilatera Cushman var. asper Cushman, 1926, Amer. Assoc.,
Petrol. Geol., Bull., Vol. 10, p. 589, Pl. 17, Fig. 3.
Clavulinoides aspera (Cushman). Cushman, 1937, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Spec. Publ. No. 7, p. 122, Pl. 16, Figs. 27-31; Pl. 17,
Figs. 1-3; 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 38,
Pl. 9, Figs. 24-30 (synonymy).
Clavulinoides asper (Cushman). LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem.
54, p. 25, Pl. 1, Figs. 5-6. - Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex.,
Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 72, Pl. 5, Fig.
35. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2,
p. 125, Pl. 1, Fig. 36. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo.,
School Mines and Met. , Bull. , Tech. Ser. , No. 102, p. 15,
Pl. 1, Fig. 30.
Description. - Test large with triangular outline, sides nearly
parallel; with coarsely arenaceous surface; sutures slightly distinct
and curved; aperture circular at end of last chamber.
Remarks. - A large number of specimens was recorded from the Mae
strichtian samples in the three boreholes, mostly identical with forms
identified by Cushman (1946), from the Tampico Embayment, of Mexico. Some
specimens, with subrounded peripheral angles and faintly concave sides,
Page 68
resembled Egyptian types reported by LeRoy (1953).
CLAVULINOIDES DISJUNCTUS (Cushman)
Clavulina plummerae Sandidge. Cushman, 1932, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 6, p. 333, Pl. 50, Figs. la-b (not of Sandidge).
54
Clavulina disjuncta Cushman, 1933, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 9, p. 22.
Clavulinoides disjuncta (Cushman). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 40, Pl. 10, Figs. 12-14.
Clavulinoides disjunctus (Cushman). Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex.,
Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 73, Pl. 5, Fig.
34 a-b. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2,
No. 2, p. 126, Pl. l, Fig. 35. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963,
Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102,
pp. 15-16, Pl. 2, Fig. l.
Description. - Test elongate, early portion triserial and trilateral,
sides flat or slightly concave, later stage uniserial with early chambers
triangular in section, adult chambers becoming rounded; sutures flush,
indistinct in early stage, distinct and strongly depressed later; wall
arenaceous with considerable amount of cement; aperture rounded, at end
of the last chamber.
Remarks. - Forms with varying degrees of smoothness and size of
triserial stage were recorded from the Upper Cretaceous samples. This
species is distinguished by the chambers forming the uniserial portion.
It has been considered as a good marker fossil for beds of Taylor age
in the Gulf Coast of the United States. In Egypt (U.A.R.) it was recorded
from a higher stratigraphic level (Danian). Kavary and Frizzell identified
Page 69
some specimens from Danian and Paleocene samples of Iran.
CLAVULINOIDES TRILATERUS Subsp. CONCAVUS (Cushman)
Clavulina trilatera Cushman var. concava Cushman, 1931, Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 5, p. 302, Pl. 34, Fig. 12.
55
Clavulinoides trilatera (Cushman) var. concava (Cushman). Cushman,
1936, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 7, p. 121, Pl. 16,
Figs. 19-25; 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 38,
Pl. 9, Figs. 17-22.
Clavulinoides trilaterus (Cushman) var. concavus (Cushman). Frizzell,
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 73,
Pl. 6, Figs. 3-4.
Description. - Test medium size, mostly with parallel sides,
triangular in cross section, margins, acute to subacute, sides concave;
chambers fairly distinct, increasing slightly in size as added; sutures
somewhat indistinct, slightly depressed; wall arenaceous, smoothly finished;
aperture rounded at end of last chamber.
Remarks. - Some associated forms can be referred to Clavulinoides
trilaterus s.s. (Cushman), which is characterized by less acute margins
and less concave sides.
Page 70
Subfamily GLOBOTEXTULARIINAE Cushman, l927
Genus DOROTHIA Plummer, l93l
DOROTHIA BULLETTA (Carsey)
Gaudryina bulletta Carsey, l926, Univ. Tex., Bull. 26ll, p. 28,
Pl. 4, Fig. 4.
56
Dorothia bulletta (Carsey). Cushman, l946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 206, p. 46, Pl. l2, Figs. 2l-26. - Said and Kenawy, l956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. l27-l28, Pl. l, Fig. 52. -
Kavary and Frizzell, l963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met.,
Bull., Tech. Ser., No. l02, p. l7, Pl. 2, Fig. 7 (synonymy). -
Sliter, l968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa,
Art. 7, p. 49, Pl. 3, Fig. ll.
Description. - Test elongate, subcylindrical, with somewhat tapering
base, sides nearly parallel, chambers distinct particularly in biserial
stage; sutures distinct, depressed, strongly so in adult state; wall
arenaceous, finely finished; aperture rounded, at base of last chamber.
Remarks. - This species is characterized by inflated chambers, the
well developed biserial stage, and. a subcylindrical test. Typical forms
occur in most of the Paleocene samples of Butmah Well No. 9 and in almost
all samples of the Ain Zalah wells. Dorothia bulletta is restricted to
Cretaceous strata in the Gulf Coast and California. It is recorded from
Paleocene material in Iran, and Said and Kenawy (l956) reported their
specimens from Maestrichtian to the lower Eocene. In Iraq it ranges
from Maestrichtian to Landenian.
DOROTHIA CONULUS (Reuss)
Textularia conulus Reuss, l845, Verstein Bohm. Kreideformation,
Abh. l, p. 38, Pl. 8, Fig. 59; Pl. l3, Fig. 75.
Page 71
57
Dorothia conula (Reuss). Cushman, 1937, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Spec. Pub. 8, p. 76, Pl. 8, Figs. ll-17; 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, pp. 44-45, Pl. 12, Figs. 12-14.
Dorothia conulus (Reuss). Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ.
Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 75, Pl. 6, Figs. 21 a-b
(synonymy).
Description. - Test short, tapering; chambers inflated, few in adult;
sutures indistinct in early stage, fairly distinct, depressed and horizontal
in adult stage; wall finely arenaceous, smoothly finished; aperture a low
opening at inner margin of last chamber.
Remarks. - Specimens identical to those from the United States were
found in most Landenian samples and a limited number in a few Maestrichtian
and Danian samples from the three boreholes.
DOROTHIA ELLISORAE (Cushman)
Marssonella ellisorae Cushman, 1936, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Spec. Publ. 6, p. 44, Pl. 4, Figs. ll a-b; 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 44, Pl. 12, Figs. 8-9. - Frizzell,
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22,
p. 75, Pl. 6, Figs. 16 a-b. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 126, Pl. l, Fig. 50.
Dorothia ellisorae Cushman. Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr.,
Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, pp. 49-50, Pl. 3, Fig. 12.
Description. - Test elongate, slender, with tapering initial end
and almost parallel sides in adult portion; chambers slightly inflated,
of nearly same size throughout; sutures distinct, depressed especially
those of last two chambers; wall arenaceous~ smoothly finished; aper
tural face flat to slightly depressed, with a small low semicircular
Page 72
aperture at inner margin.
Remarks. - The species is distinguished from Dorothia oxycona
(Reuss)~-~· by its parallel sides and inflated chambers. A very few
specimens were encountered in materials of Maestrichtian, Danian and
Landenian age. This range is comparable to that of Said and Kenawy's
record in Egypt (U.A.R.').
DOROTHIA INDENTATA (Cushman and Jarvis)
Gaudryina indentata Cushman and Jarvis, 1928, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 4, p. 92, Pl. 13, Fig. 7
Marssonella indentata (Cushman and Jarvis). Cushman, 1937, Cushman
Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 8, p. 59, Pl. 6, Figs. 21-22;
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 44, Pl. 12, Figs.
6-7 (synonymy). - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 127, Pl. 1, Fig. 47.
Description. - Test elongate, conical; chambers distinct, middle
portion of each chamber indented, suture raised in rounded ridges; wall
arenaceous, smoothly finished, apertural face slightly depressed; aperture
semicircular, at inner margin of last chamber.
Remarks. - In some specimens the indentations are larger and more
rounded than on those figured by Cushman (1946, Pl. 12, Fig. 7a). This
species was sparse in Maestrichtian and Paleocene samples. It was more
abundant in the Danian section of Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
DOROTHIA NAKKADYI Kavary
Dorothia nakkadyi Kavary in Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo.,
School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 17,
Pl. 2 , Fig. 6 •
Page 73
59
Remarks. - This species is characterized by the small, rapidly tapering
conical part of the early stage, with obscure chambers and two inflated
chambers in the biserial stage. It occurs in one sample from the Paleocene
(Landenian) of Butmah Well No. 9.
DOROTHIA OXYCONA (Reuss) Subsp. OXYCONA (Reuss)
Gaudryina oxycona Reuss, 1860, Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Naturw. Cl.,
Sitz., Bd. 40, p. 229, Pl. 12, Fig. 3.- Cushman, l93l, Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 5, p. 300, Pl. 36, Figs. 6 a-b.
Marssonella oxycona (Reuss). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, pp. 43-44, Pl. 12, Figs. 3-5. - Frizzell,
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22,
p. 75, Pl. 6, Figs. 17 a-b. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 127, Pl. l, Figs. 46 a-b. -
Pozaryska, 1965, Paleontologia Polonica, No. 14, p. 55, Pl. 2,
Figs. 2-3.
Dorothia oxycona (Reuss). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr.,
Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 50, Pl. 3, Fig. 13 (synonymy).
Description. - Test conical, either gradually tapering or broadly
flaring, earlier chambers indistinct, but later three, then two in a
whorl but not inflated; sutures distinct, flush to slightly depressed;
wall arenaceous, surface smoothly finished or slightly roughened; aperture
a broad low opening at inner margin of last chamber; apertural face mostly
flattened, but some show a slight depression.
Remarks. - Dorothia oxycona ~-~· is the most abundant group of the
genus Dorothia in samples from Iraq. Dorothia oxycona ~·~· was identified
in moderate number (4-7) from Upper Cretaceous and Paleocene material.
Page 74
60
DOROTHIA OXYCONA (Reuss) Subsp. TRINITATENSIS
(Cushman and Renz)
Gaudryina oxycona Reuss. Cushman and Jarvis, 1932, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Proc., Vol. 80, Art. l4, p. l8, Pl. 5, Figs. l-2 (not of Reuss).
Marssonella oxycona (Reuss) var. trinitatensis Cushman and Renz,
1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. l8, p. 22, Pl. 2,
Fig. 29. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2,
No. 2, p. 127, Pl. l, Fig. 46 (synonymy).
Remarks. - This subspecies is distinguished from the typical form
by its larger size, more conical shape, and strongly depressed apertural
face. Its stratigraphic range in Iraq is similar to the range of Dorothia ~
oxycona s. s.
DOROTHIA PUPA (Reuss)
Textularia~ Reuss (in part), 1860, Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-
Naturw. Cl., Sitz., Bd. 20, p. 232, Pl. l3, Figs. 4 a-b (not
5 a-b).
Dorothia ~(Reuss). Cushman, 1937, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Spec. Publ. 8, p. 78, Pl. 8, Figs. 20-24. - LeRoy, 1953, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 28, Pl. l, Figs. l4-l5. - Said and
Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 128, Pl. l,
Figs. 53 a-b.- Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met. , Bull .. , Tech. Ser. , No. l02, pp. l7-l8, Pl. 2,
Fig •. 8. - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49,
Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 50, Pl. 4, Fig. l.
Remarks. - Typical specimens in very limited number were found in the
Maestrichtian and Paleocene samples. This species is characterized by
Page 75
the few distinct, inflated chambers, slightly compressed outline in
transverse section, and smoothly finished test.
DOROTHIA RETUSA (Cushman)
61
Gaudryina retusa Cushman, 1926, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull.,
Vol. 10, p. 588, Pl. 16, Figs. 10 a-b.
Dorothia retusa (Cushman). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 206, p. 46, Pl. 13, Figs. l-4. - Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 128, Pl. 2, Fig. 2. -
Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met.,
Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 18, Pl. 2, Fig. 9. - Sliter,
1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49. Protozoa, Art. 7,
p. 50, Pl. 4, Fig. 2.
Remarks. - The shorter and stouter test, larger chambers, and oblique
sutures distinguish this species from Dorothia ~· A very few specimens
were recorded in this study from Maestrichtian and Paleocene samples of
the three boreholes.
DOROTHIA SINAENSIS Said and Kenawy
Dorothia sinaensis Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2,
No. 2, p. 128, Pl. 2, Figs. 10.
Remarks. - This species is recognized by its elongate, slightly
tapering test and large number of inflated chambers in the biserial stage.
It is closely related to Dorothia bulletta (Carsey). Identified in two
Paleocene samples from Butmah Well No. 9, and recorded from the lower
Eocene of Egypt (U.A.R.) and the Paleocene of Iran.
Page 76
Genus EGGERELLA Cushman, 1933
EGGERELLA TROCHOIDES (Reuss)
62
Globigerina trochoides Reuss, 1845, Verstein Bohm. Kreideformation,
Abt. l, p. 36, Pl. 12, Fig. 22.
Eggerella ? trochoides (Reuss). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 43, Pl. 12, Fig. 2. - Perlmutter and Todd,
1965, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 483-I, p. IlO, Pl. 1,
Fig. 5.
Eggerella trochoides (Reuss). Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau
Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 74, Pl. 6, Fig. 15
(synonymy).
Description. - Test very low trochospiral; chambers indistinct in
early stage, adult stage consists of three greatly inflated chambers;
sutures somewhat indistinct in early part, distinct and depressed in last
portion; aperture an elongate slit at base of last chamber. Length,
ca. 0.32 mm.; width, ca. 0.35 mm.
Remarks. - Two specimens identical to those identified from the Gulf
Coast by Cushman (1947) and Frizzell (1954), were noticed in samples
from the lower part of Ain Zalah Well No. 16. They have a higher tro
choid test than the specimens reported by Perlmutter and Todd (1965).
The species was recorded from beds of late Cretaceous-Paleocene. In
Iraq it was strictly Maestrichtian in age.
EGGERELLA sp.
Remarks. - Specimens with higher trochoid test than Eggerella
trochoides (Reuss), and differing in the arrangement of chambers in the
last whorl, were encountered in large numbers in the lowest part of the
Page 77
63
Shiranish Formation of Ain Zalah Well No. 16, and disappeared at depth
5158 feet. This species is morphologically similar to Eggerellina
gibbosa Marie var. conica Marie, which was reported from the Upper Creta
ceous of France, except for lacking the extension of the aperture laterally
into the inner margin of the final chamber. Length, 0.56-0.36 mm; width,
0.40-0.27 mm.
Page 78
Subfamily VALVULININAAE Berthelin, 1880
Genus PSEUDOCLAVULINA Cushman, 1936
PSEUDOCLAVULINA CLAVATA (Cushman)
Clavulina clavata Cushman, 1926, Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geologists,
Bull., Vol. 10, p. 589, Pl. 17, Fig. 4.
Pseudoclavulina clavata (Cushman). Cushman, 1937, Cushman Lab.
64
Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 7, p. 108, Pl. 15, Figs. 1-13; 1946,
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 36-37, Pl. 8, Figs.
22-31; Pl. 9, Figs. 1-2. -Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau
Econ. Geol., Invest., No. 22, p. 72, Pl. 5, Figs. 32-33.
Description. - Test elongate, slender, early portion troiserial,
chambers indistinct, later portion uniserial with chambers fairly distinct,
increasing gradually in size as added, last chamber distinctly inflated;
wall arenaceous, roughly finished; sutures distinct in uniserial stage,
slightly depressed; aperture round, at terminal end of last chamber.
Length, ca. 0.32 mm.; diameter, ca. 0.10 mm.
Remarks. - This species is very close to Clavulinoides disjunctus
(Cushman).
from Iraq.
It was seldom encountered in ~he Upper Cretaceous samples
PSEUDOCLAVULINA sp. cf. P. FARAFRAENSIS LeRoy
? Pseudoclavulina farafraensis LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Mem. 54, p. 44, Pl. 2, Fig. 9. - Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 125, Pl. 1, Fig. 29. -
Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met.,
Bull., Tech. Ser. No. 102, p. 16, Pl. 2, Fig. 3.
Page 79
65
Description. - Test elongate, early portion sharply triangular,
later stage uniserial, circular in top view; chambers distinct, strongly
inflated; sutures distinct, depressed in uniserial stage, less so in
triangular stage; wall finely arenaceous, smoothly finished; aperture
terminal, rounded. Length, ca. 0.51 mm.; diameter, ca. 0.15 rnrn.
Remarks. - One specimen that may be referred to this species was
encountered in a sample of Danian age in Butmah Well No. 9. The typical
form of this species was reported from the basal Eocene by LeRoy. Said
and Kenawy extended the range into the Paleocene and Maestrichtian.
Kavary and Frizzell (1963), identified a few specimens from the Maestri
chtian of Iran.
Page 80
Suborder ROTALIINA Delage and Herouard, 1896
Superfamily NODOSARIACEA Ehrenberg,l838
Family NODOSARIIDAE Ehrenberg, 1838
Subfamily NODOSARIINAE Ehrenberg, 1838
Genus NODOSARIA Lamark, 1812
NODOSARIA CALOMORPHA Reuss
66
Nodosaria (Nodosaria) calomorpha Reuss, 1866, K. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
Math. - Naturw. Cl., Denkschr., Bd. 25, Abt. 1, p. 129, Pl. 1,
Figs. 15-19.
Remarks. - Specimens with two chambers are identical with those
reported by Reuss from Germany. The species occurred sparsely in many
Maestrichtian samples.
NODOSARIA LIMBATA d'Orbigny
Nodosaria limbata d'Orbigny, 1840, Soc. Geol. France, Mem., lst
Ser., Vol. 4, p. 12, Pl. 1, Fig. 1.- Cushman, 1946, U.S.
Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 74, Pl. 27, Figs. 1-2. -
Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa,
Art. 7, p. 53, Pl. 4, Fig. 15.
Description. - Test slightly tapering, with or without a basal spine;
chambers subglobular, inflated; sutures distinct, depressed straight;
wall calcareous, surface smooth; aperture rounded, radiate.
Remarks. - Nodosaria limbata was described from the Upper Cretaceous
White Chalk of the Paris Basin. Cushman (1946) recorded it from the
Upper Cretaeeous of Trinidad and Mexico. Typical forms of the species
were encountered in the Maestrichtian section of Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
Page 81
Genus DENTALINA Risso, 1826
DENTALINA CATENULINA Reuss
Dentalina catenulina Reuss, 1860, K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. -
Naturwiss. Kl., Sitz., Bd. 40, p. 185, Pl. 3, Fig. 6. -
Cushman 1946, U.S, Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 67-68,
Pl. 23, Figs. 27-32.- Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau
67
Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 87, Pl. 9, Figs. 35-37. -
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2,
p. 132, Pl. 2, Fig. 24. - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 29, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 57, Pl. 5, Fig. 14.
Description. - Test elongate, very slightly tapering and curved,
with or without distinct basal spine, chambers slightly inflated, initial
chambers somewhat globular, last one pyriform; sutures distinct, strongly
depressed; wall smooth; aperture terminal, radiate. Length, ca. 1.20
mm; diameter, 0.27-0.32 mm.
Remarks. - A few typical specimens were encountered in Maestrichtian
rocks. They were identical to those reported from the Gulf Coast area
of the United States (Cushman, 1946; Frizzell, 1954). Specimens with
only two chambers and without a basal spine were identified from Ain
Zalah Well No. 16 (depth range 5166-5169 feet).
DENTALINA GRACILIS (d'Orbigny)
Nodosaria (Dentalina) gracilis d'Orbigny, 1840, Soc. Geol. France,
Mem., lst ser., p. 14, Pl. 1, Fig. 5.
Dentalina gracilis (d'Orbigny). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 65, Pl. 23, Figs. 3-6. - Said and Kenawy,
1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 133, Pl. 2, Fig.-25. -
Page 82
68
Takayanagi, 1960, Tohoku Univ., Sci. Repts., Ser. 2, (Geol. ),
Vol. 32, p. 95, Pl. 5, Figs. 9-10. - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas,
Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, pp. 57-58, Pl. 5,
Figs. 15-16.
Remarks. - Dentalina gracilis is characterized by a slender, arcuate
test, pyriform chambers and oblique sutures. This species has been regarded
as long ranging by some authors (Cushman, 1946; Takayanagi, 1960). Sliter
(1968) has indicated that most references to this species showed Campanian
to Maestrichtian age. In Iraq, the writer encountered a very few speci
mens from the Maestrichtian and possibly Landenian samples (those from
the Landenian were broken.)
DENTALINA sp. cf. D. SOLVATA Cushman
? Dentalina solvata Cushman, 1938, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 14, p. 39, Pl. 6, Figs. 9-14. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 69, Pl. 24, Figs. 13-17, 22. -
Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa,
Art. 7, pp. 58-59, Pl. 5, Figs. 20-21.
Remarks. - Broken specimens with smooth globular chambers and costate
sutures were attributed to this species. Cushman (1946) and Sliter (1968)
reported this species from Upper Cretaceous sections in the United States.
In Iraq it was recorded from the Maestrichtian samples of Ain Zalah Well
No. 16 and the Danian material of Butmah Well No. 9.
Genus LAGENA Walker and Jacob in Kanmacher, 1798
LAGENA ACUTICOSTA Reuss
Lagena acuticosta Reuss, 1862, K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. - Nat.
Cl., Bd. 44, No. 1, p. 305, Pl. 1, Fig. 4. -Cushman, 1946,
Page 83
69
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 94, Pl. 39, Figs. 14-15
(synonymy). - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser.
No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, pp. 63-64, Pl. 6, Figs. 22-23.
Description. - Test small, somewhat pyriform; wall calcareous,
surface ornamented with many fine platelike costae; aperture at end
of short neck. Length, 0.36-0.39mm.; width, 0.25-0.27mm.
Remarks. - This species was described from the Cretaceous of the
Netherlands. American records show a range from strata of Austin to
Navarro age in the Gulf Coast (Cushman,l946) and Campanian to Maestrichtian
on the Pacific Coast (Sliter, 1968). In Iraq it was encountered in
Paleocene samples of Butmah Well No. 9.
LAGENA APICULATA (Reuss)
Oolina apiculata Reuss, 1850, Haidinger's Nat. Abh., Vol. 4, p. 22,
Pl. 1, Fig. 1. - White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 2, p. 210,
Pl. 29, Fig. 7.
Lagena apiculata (Reuss). Tappan, 1940, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 14,
No. 2, pp. 111-112, Pl. 17, Figs. 15 a-b (synonymy). - Frizzell,
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22,
p. 102, Pl. 14, Figs. 5-6 (synonymy). - Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 136, Pl. 3, Fig. 8.
Description. - Test small, ovate, smooth, with basal spine; aperture
radiate, at end of short neck.
Remarks. - A few specimens were identified from the Shiranish
Formation (Maestrichtian) of the three boreholes.
Page 84
LAGENA GLOBOSA (Montagu)
Vermiculum globosum Montagu, 1803, Testacea Britannica, p. 523.
Lagena sp. cf. globosa (Montagu). Cushman and Hedberg, 1941,
Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 17, Pt. 4, p. 91,
70
Pl. 22, Figs. ll-13.- Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tes., Bureau Econ.
Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 102, Pl. 14, Fig. 7. -Said
and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 136,
Pl. 3, Fig. 7. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 23, Pl. 3, Fig. 9
(synonymy) .
Lagena globosa (Montagu). LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54,
p. 36, Pl. 8, Fig. 15.
Description. - Test small, majority of specimens spherical, smooth,
with slight neck.
Remarks. - Specimens show a different degree of sphericity and
smoothness. They were rare in the Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian)
of Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
LAGENA HISPIDA Reuss
Lagena hispida Reuss, 1863, K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. -Nat. Cl.,
Bd. 46, No. 1, p. 335, Pl. 6, Figs. 77-79 (1862). - Cushman,
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 93, Pl. 39, Fig. 13. -
Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest.,
No, 22~ p. 102, Pl. 14, Fig. 8. - Said and Kenawy, 1956,
11i'c;vopa,leontology, Vol. 2, No, 2, p. 136, Pl. 3, Fig. 9.
Remarks. - Typical specimens of this hispid species were found in
the Shiranish Formation of Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
Page 85
LAGENA SULCATA (Walker and Jacob)
Serpula (Lagena) sulcata Walker and Jacob, 1798, Adam's Essays,
Kanmacher's Edit., p. 634, Pl. 14, Fig. 15.
71
Lagena sulcata (Walker and Jacob). Carsey, 1926, Univ. Tex., Bull.
2612, p. 31, Pl. 7, Fig. 4.- LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Mem. 54, p. 37, Pl. 7, Fig. 28. -Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex.,
Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 103, Pl. 14,
Fig. 14 (synonymy). - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 136, Pl. 3, Fig. 6.
Description. -Test small, subglobular; wall calcareous, perforate,
surface with longitudinal costae; aperture at end of extended neck, with
small phialine lip. Length, ca. 0.52mm.; diameter, ca. 0.39mm.
Remarks. -One specimen was found in a sample of Maestrichtian age
from Ain Zalah Well No. 16. Frizzell (1954) has reported this species
from the Comanche Series of Texas. In Egypt (U.A.R.) it has been recorded
from the Maestrichtian and the lower Tertiary beds.
Genus NEOFLABELLINA Bartenstein, 1948
NEOFLABELLINA JARVISI (Cushman)
Flabellina jarvisi Cushman, 1935, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. II, Pt. 4, p. 85, Pl. 13, Figs. 7-8.
Palmula jarvisi (Cushman). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 206, p. 85, Pl. 31, Figs. 18-20.
Neoflabellina jarvisi (Cushman). Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropale
ontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 135, Pl. 2, Fig. 42. - Kavary and
Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech.
Ser.., No. 102, p. 24, Pl. 3, Figs. 13-14.
Page 86
Description. - Test rhomboid or semielliptical, sides flattened,
earliest chambers coiled, followed by chevron shaped chambers; sutures
distinct, raised ridges, with semicircular or elongate loops at apical
end; surface strongly papillate; aperture radiate, at end of small pro-
jection.
0. 5 mm.
Length range between 0.53-0.9 mm; width range between 0.36-
Remarks. - Typical forms were identified from the Shiranish For
mation of two boreholes only: Ain Zalah Well No. 16 and 17; they are
72
more abundant and better preserved in the former well; absent from the
Shiranish Formation in Butmah Well No. 9 (this might indicate that it is
a facies controlled species, in contradiction to Said and Kenawy's
investigation, 1956). Different stratigraphic ranges have been given
to this species: in Egypt (U.A.R) it is recorded from the Danian and
Paleocene samples in coincidence with its vertical distribution in
Trinidad. Kavary (in Kavary and Frizzell, 1963) gives the range from the
base of the Maestrichtian to the Danian Stage. This study revealed that
it is restricted to the Maestrichtian age in Iraq. Average length of
N. jarvisi (Cushman) as indicated in specimens from the Middle East, is
less than the forms described from the Lizard Springs Formation in
Trinidad, and the Velasco Shale of Mexico (Cushman, 1946).
NEOFLABELLINA RETICULATA (Reuss)
Flabellina reticulata Reuss, 1851, Haidinger's Naturwiss. Abh.,
Vol. 4, Pt. I, p. 30, Pl. 1, Fig. 22; 1861, Sitz. K. Akad.
Wiss. Math. -Nat. Cl., Wien, Bd. 44, No. 1, p. 326, (1862).
Palmula reticulata (Reuss). Cushman and Todd, 1943, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 19, p. 60, Pl. 10, Fig. 23. -
Page 87
Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 84,
Pl. 31, Figs. 1-6.
Neoflabellina reticulata (Reuss). Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex.,
Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 97, Pl. 12,
Figs. 13-14 (synonymy).
73
Description. - Test large, much compressed, rhomboidal , base
sometimes rounded, or lobed; periphery vertically truncate, chambers in
early portion coiled, later rectilinear, chevron shaped, of nearly uniform
width; sutures distinct, raised; surface reticulate, covered by a network
of octagonal meshed, w.ith the long axes at right angles to the sutures
and pointing toward the middle of test, giving the reticulations a honey
comb shape; aperture terminal, slightly produced. Length, l. 80-1.35
mm; breadth, 1.44-0.9 mm.
Remarks. - The specimens from Iraq are closer to most of the
European forms that have somewhat rhomboidal outline , but most of the
American specimens are cordate. The stratigraphic level of the different
forms of this species is the same in the three areas: the Navarro Group
and Upper Marl of the Taylor Group in the Gulf Coast area of the United
States (Cushman, 1946 and Frizzell, 1954); uppermost Cretaceous of
Europe (Reuss, 1862); and the Maestrichtian age in Iraq.
NEOFLABELLINA RUGOSA subsp. RUGOSA (d'Orbigny)
Flabellina rugosa d'Orbigny, 1840, Soc. Geol. France Mem., lst
Ser., p. 23, Pl. 2, Figs. 4-5, 7.
Palmula rugosa (d' Orbigny). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 83, Pl. 31, Figs. 9-16 (not Fig. 17). -
Nakkady, 1952, Bull. Inst. Egypt, Vol. 33, p. 426, Pl. 8,
Fig. 2.
Page 88
74
Neoflabellina rugosa (d'Orbigny). - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 135, Pl. 2, Fig. 43. - Loeblich
and Tappan, 1964, Treat. Invert. Paleontology, Part C, Pro~. 2,
Vol. 2, p. C522, Fig. 407, 6. -Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas,
Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art.7, pp. 71-72, Pl. 8,
Fig. 21.
Description. - Test free, large, compressed, rhomboidal, periphery
vertically truncate, sides parallel; early chambers coiled, later chambers
chevron shaped, elongate, narrow, of uniform width; sutures distinct,
raised, with a loop at apical end of later chambers; wall calcareous,
surface between sutures papillate; aperture terminal, radiate, with small
neck. Length, ca. 1.26 mm; breadth, ca. 0.65 rom.
Remarks. - This species was originally described from the Craie
Blanche, of the Paris Basin; it occurs in the Senonian of Europe. It is
characteristic of the Austin, Taylor, and Navarro strata in the American
Gulf Coast. Said and Kenawy (1956) reported the species from the Mae
strichtian and higher stratigraphic units (Danian and Paleocene). Very
few specimens were encountered in three samples from the Aaliji Formation
of Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
NEOFLABELLINA SEMIRETICULATA (Cushman and Jarvis)
Flabellina semireticulata Cushman and Jarvis, 1928, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 4, p. 98, Pl. 13, Fig. 14.
Palmula semireticulata (Cushman and Jarvis). Cushman, 1946, U.S.
Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 85, Pl. 31, Figs. 7-8.
Neoflabellina semireticulata (Cushman and Jarvis). Said and Kenawy,
1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 135, Pl. 2, Fig. 40. -
Page 89
Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met.,
Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, pp. 24-25, Pl. 3, Fig. 15.
Remarks. - This species differs from Neoflabellina reticulata
(Reuss) in having irregular and smaller reticulations. Two specimens
75
were recorded in this study from the Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian)
of Ain Zalah Well No. 17 and Well No. 16. Rare occurrence of this species
has been reported from similar stratigraphic levels in Egypt (U.A.R.) and
Iran.
NEOFLABELLINA SUTURALIS (Cushman)
Flabellina suturalis Cushman, 1935, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. ll, p. 86, Pl. 13, Figs. 9-18.
Palmula suturalis (Cushman). LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem.
54, p. 43, Pl. 3, Fig. 4.
Neoflabellina suturalis (Cushman). Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 135, Pl. 2, Fig. 41.
Description. - Test rhomboidal, much compressed, periphery truncate;
chambers initially planispiral, later chevron shaped, elongate, increasing
in width gradually as added; sutures very distinct, plate-like, high in
early portion less so later; wall smooth; aperture terminal, often with
slight neck. Length, ca. 0.99 rom; width, ca. 0.51 rom.
Remarks. - One specimen identical with forms identified from Egypt
(U.A.R.) was encountered in the Aaliji Formation (Danian) of the subsurface
section in Ain Zalah Well No. 17. Said and Kenawy (1956) described this
species from samples of Danian age in both the Nekhl and Giddi sections.
Page 90
76
Genus PSEUDONODOSARIA Boomgaart, 1949
Loeblich and Tappan (1964, p. C512) considered the genus Pseudo
glandulina Cushman, 1929, as a junior synonymy of the genus Nodosaria
Lamark, 1812, and treated the genus Rectoglandulina Loeblich and Tappan,
1955, as a junior synonymy of the genus Pseudonodosaria Boomgaart,
1949 (Loeblich and Tappan, 1946, pp. C522-C523). In the course of the
present study the specimens with strongly embracing chambers were placed
within the genus Pseudonodosaria Boomgaart, 1949.
PSEUDONODOSARIA BISTEGIA (Olszewski)
Cristellaria bistegia Olszewski, 1875, Sprawozd, kom. Fizyj, Akad.
Umiej., krakowic, Vol. 9, p. 115, Pl. 1, Fig. g.
Rectoglandulina bistegia (Olszewski). Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 134, Pl. 2, Fig. 11.
Remarks. - A few specimens of Pseudonodosaria bistegia were iden
t:ified from Maestrichtian samples in Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
PSEUDONODOSARIA CYLINDRACEA (Reuss)
Nodosaria cylindracea Reuss, 1845, Verstein. Bohm. Kreideformation
Abh. 2, Pt. 1, p. 25, Pl. 13, Figs. 1-2.
Glandulina cylindracea (Reuss). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, pp. 76-77, Pl. 27, Figs. 33-34.
Remarks. - Pseudonodosaria cylindracea is characterized by distinctly
overlapping, subcylindrical chambers, distinct sutures, and a radiate
aperture. It has been reported from the Upper Cretaceous of Trinidad and
the Valasco Shale of Mexico. Recorded in Iraq from stratigraphically
equivalent sections.
Page 91
PSEUDONODOSARIA MANIFESTA (Reuss)
Glandulina manifesta Reuss, 1851, Haidinger's Naturwiss. Abh.,
Vol. 4, Pt. 1, p. 22, Pl. 1, Fig. 4.
77
Nodosaira larva Carsey, 1926, Univ. Tex., Bull. 2612, p. 31, Pl. 2,
Fig. 2.
Pseudonodosaria manifesta (Reuss). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 72, Pl. 8, Fig. 18.
Remarks. - Typical forms of this species were recorded from the
Maestrichtian section of Ain Zalah Well No. 16 and Butmah Well No. 9.
PSEUDONODOSARIA VELASCOENSIS (Cushman)
Nodosaria fontannesi Berthelin var. ve1ascoensis Cushman, 1926,
Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., Bull., Vol. 10, P. 504, Pl. 18,
Fig. 12.
Nodosaria ve1ascoensis Cushman. Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, pp. 73-74, Pl. 26, Figs. 27-30.
Remarks. - The subcylindrical test, elongate chambers and ornamen
tation characterize this species. Recorded from Maestrichtian samples
in Iraq.
Genus SARACENARIA Defrance, 1824
SARACENARIA SARATOGANA Howe and Wallace
Saracenaria italica Defrance. Cushman, 1931, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 5, No. 4, p. 305, Pl. 34, Figs. 15-16 (not of Defrance).
Saracenaria saratogana Howe and Wallace, 1932, Louisiana Dept.
Conserv., Geol., Bull. 2, p. 21. -Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 53, Pl. 28, Figs. 4-6. -Said and
Page 92
78
Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 121, Pl. 3,
Fig. 2. -Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49,
Protozoa, Art. 7, pp. 73-74, Pl. 8, Fig. 2.
Description. - Test free, large, triangular in transverse section;
chambers planispirally coiled initially, later elongate, curved and
uncoiled, margins bluntly rounded; sutures slightly distinct, flush,
curved; surface smooth; aperture terminal, radiate. Length, ca. 1.03 mm;
maximum breadth, 0.43 mm; maximum thickness, 0.48 mm.
Remarks. - This species was first described from the Saratoga
Chalk of Arkansas, and reported from the Navarro Group of Texas, Miss
issippi and Alabama in the Gulf Coast area. Said and Kenawy (1956)
identified somewhat different forms from the Danian of the Giddi section
in Egypt (U.A.R.). A few specimens from Butmah Well No. 9 showed closer
similarity to those reported from the United States, and had the same
stratigraphic range. It differs from Saracenaria triangularis (d'Orbigny)
in the blunter margins, distinct uncoiling and in being more compressed.
SARACENARIA TRIANGULARIS (d'Orbigny)
Cristellaria triangularis d'Orbigny, 1840, Soc. Geol. France, Mem.,
Ser. 1, Vol. 4, Pt. 1, p. 27, Pl. 2, Figs. 21-22.
Saracenaria triangularis (d'Orbigny). Cushman and Church, 1929,
Calif. Acad. Sci., Proc., Ser. 4, Vol. 18, p. 505, Pl. 37,
Figs. 13-14. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper
206, p. 58, Pl. 28, Figs. 1-3.- Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex.,
Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 83, Pl. 8, Figs.
28 a-b. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2,
No. 2, p. 131, Pl. 3, Fig. l. -Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas,
Page 93
79
Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 74, Pl. 9, Figs.
3-4 (synonymy).
Description. - Test free, large, initially planispirally coiled,
later chambers uncoiled, triangular in transverse section, margins acute
to somewhat carinate; chambers distinct, elongate, and curved; sutures
distinct, flush to slightly depressed; surface smooth; aperture terminal,
radiate. Length, ca. 0.87 mm; maximum breadth, 0.50 mm; maximum thickness,
0.56 mm.
Remarks. - A very few typical specimens of this species were encountered
sporadically in samples from the lower part of Ain Zalah Well No. l6 and
from one sample in Ain Zalah Well No. l7 (depth range 4973-4975 feet).
Page 94
Family POLYMORPHINIDAE d'Orbigny, 1839
Subfamily POLYMORPHININAE d'Orbigny, 1829
Genus GLOBULINA d'Orbigny, 1839
GLOBULINA LACRIMA (Reuss)
Polymorphina (Globulina) lacrima Reuss, 1845, Verstein. Bohm.
Kreideformation, Abh. 2, p. 40, Pl. 12, Fig. 6; Pl. 13,
Fig. 83.
80
Globulina lacrima (Reuss). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 206, p. 96, Pl. 40, Figs. ll-12. - Said and Kenawy,
1956, p. 137, Pl. 3, Figs. 17-18. - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas,
Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 77, Pl. 9,
Fig. 17; Pl. 10, Fig. l.
Description. - Test free, subglobular, more elongate than broad;
chambers indistinct; sutures flush; wall calcareous, finely perforate;
surface smooth; aperture terminal, radiate.
Remarks. -This species is characterized by the elongate, sub
globular test and flush sutures. It is most characteristic of Taylor
and Navarro strata in North America. A very few specimens are recorded
in the Maestrichtian samples of Iraq, which are very close to Cushman's
specimen (1946, Pl. 40, Fig. 12).
GLOBULINA SUBSPHAERICA (Berthelin)
Polymorphina subsphaerica Berthelin, 1880, Soc. Geol. France,Mem.,
Ser, 3, Vol. 1, p. 58, Pl. 4, Figs. 18 a-b.
Globulina lacrima Reuss var. subsphaerica (Berthelin). Cushman,
1946, u.s. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 96, Pl. 40,
Fig. 13.
Page 95
Globulina subsphaerica (Berthelin). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas,
Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 78, Pl. 10,
Figs. 2-3.
Description. - Test free, subglobular, slightly compressed on
one side, chambers overlapping, slightly visible in final whorl;
sutures flush; surface smooth; aperture terminal. Length, ca. 0.72 mm;
maximum diameter, 0.57 mm.
Remarks. - Specimens from Iraq have less distinct sutures and
chambers than those recorded from the United States, but are identical
in general form. This species was described from the Albian of France
and has been identified from the Maestrichtian of the United States.
Globulina subsphaerica (Berthelin) and Guttulina trigonula (Reuss)
are very close in shape, distinguished by degree of compression; the
former species is more globular.
Genus GUTTULINA d'Orbigny, 1838
GUTTULINA ADHAERENS (Olszewski)
Polymorphina adhaerens Olszewski, 1875, Sprawozd. kom. Fizyi,
Aka. Umiej. Krakowie, Vol. 9, p. 119, Pl. 1, Fig. 11.
Guttulina adhaerens (Olszewski}. Cushman and Ozawa, 1930, U.S.
81
Nat, Mus,, Proc., Vol. 77, Art. 6, p. 36, Pl. 1, Figs. 9 a-c;
Pl. 6, Figs. 7 a-b. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 206, p. 96, Pl. 40, Figs. 8-10. - Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 137, Pl. 3, Fig. 19. -
Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Cont., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa,
Art, 7, p, 78, Pl. 10, Figs. 4, 7.
Description. - Test ovate, rounded at base, acute toward apertural
Page 96
82
end; chambers fairly distinct, arranged in almost quinqueloculine series;
sutures slightly depressed; wall calcareous, surface smooth; aperture
radiate, at terminal end.
Remarks. - A few specimens identical to those recorded from Navarro
strata in the United States were encountered in the Upper Cretaceous
samples of the three boreholes in Iraq.
GUTTULINA TRIGONULA (Reuss)
Polymorphina trigonula Reuss, l845, Verstein. Bohm. Kreideformation,
Pt. l, p. 40, Pl. l3, Fig. 84.
Guttulina trigonula (Reuss). Cushman and Ozawa, l930, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Proc., Vol. 77, Art. 6, p. 28, Pl. 4, Figs. 2 a-c. -
Cushman, l946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 95,
Pl. 40, Figs. 6-7 (synonymy). - Said and Kenawy, l956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. l37, Pl. 3, Fig. l6.
Description. - Test spheroidal, almost flat at base, acute toward
apertural end; chambers inflated, arranged in quinqueloculine series,
all chambers extend to the base; sutures depressed, distinct at bottom,
flush at top; wall smooth; aperture slightly produced, radiate. Length,
ca. 0,69 mm; diameter, ca. 0.55 mm.
Remarks. - Several typical specimens were found in the Paleocene
samples. This species was recorded from a comparable horizon in Egypt
(U.A.R,). A few specimens with diameter slightly greater than length
are included.
Page 97
Family GLANDULINIDAE Reuss, 1860
Subfamily OOLININAE Loeblich and Tappan, 1961
Genus OOLINA d'Orbigny, 1839
OOLINA GLOBOSA (Montagu)
83
Vermiculum globosum Montagu, 1803, Testacea Britannica, p. 523.
Lagena globosa (Montagu). Brotzen, 1936, Sveriges Geol. Undersok
ning, Arsb. 30, No. 3, Ser. C. No. 396, p. 109, Pl. 7, Fig. 3. -
LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 36, Pl. 8, Fig. 15. -
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 136,
Pl. 3, Fig. 7. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 23, Pl. 3, Fig. 9
(synonymy).
Oolina globulosa (Montagu). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, pp. 80-81, Pl. 10, Fig. 14.
Description. - Test free, large, subglobular; wall calcareous, surface
smooth; aperture terminal, radiate. Length, ca. 0.77 mm; diameter, ca.
0.63 mm.
Remarks. - Sliter (1968) recorded this form from the Late Cretaceous
of California. Forms identical to those of Sliter, but slightly larger,
were encountered in the Shiranish Formation of Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
Genus FISSURINA Reuss, 1850
FISSURINA LATICARINATA Sliter
Fissurina laticarinata Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr.,
Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 81, Pl. 11, Fig. 6.
Remarks. - Specimens referred to this species by Sliter (1968) are
somewhat similar to Fissurina orbignyana (Sequenza); they differ in
having one distinct keel and a smoother surface. A few specimens from
Page 98
84
the upper part of Ain Zalah Well No. 16 (Maestrichtian) were identical
to Sliter's specimens identified from the Rosario Formation at Carlsbad
(middle to upper Campanian) in California. The record from Iraq extends
the stratigraphic range of F. laticarinata to include the Campanian and
Maestrichtian.
FISSURINA ORBIGNYANA Seguenza
Fissurina (Fissurina) orbignyana Seguenza, 1862, Die Terreni
Terziarii Del Distretto Di Messina, Parte II, p. 66, Pl. 2,
Figs. 25-26.
Entosolenia orbignyana (Seguenza). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 126, Pl. 52, Figs. 16-19.
Fissurina orbignyana Seguenza. Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 145, Pl. 7, Fig. 20. -
Pozaryska, 1957, Palaeont. Polonica, No. 8, p. 61, Pl. 6,
Figs. 1-3. -Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser.
No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 82, Pl. 11, Fig. 3.
Description. - Test free, consisting of a subglobular chamber with
rough surface surrounded by three keels; aperture terminal, ovate, with
entosolenian tube. Length, ca. 0.40 mm; breadth, ca. 0.31 mm.
Remarks. - Two specimens were identified from the Danian of Ain
Zalah Well No. 17 and the Landenian of Butmah Well No. 9.
FISSURINA sp.
Remarks. - A single specimen of a species of Fissurina was found in
the Danian of Butmah Well No. 9. It was very similar to F. orbignyana
Seguenza, except for the possession of five keels instead of three.
Length, ca. 0.31 mm; breadth, ca. 0.21 mm.
Page 99
Superfamily BULIMINACEA Jones, 1875
Family TURRILINIDAE Cushman, 1927
Subfamily TURRILININAE Cushman, 1927
Genus PRAEBULIMINA Hofker, 1953
PRAEBULIMINA CARSEYAE (Plummer)
85
Buliminella carseyae Plummer, 1931, Univ. Tex., Bull. 3101, p. 179,
Pl. 8, Figs. 9 a-b. -Cushman and Parker, 1947, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 210-D, p. 58, Pl. 15, Figs. 8 a-c. - Said
and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 142,
Pl. 4, Fig. 8. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 25, Pl. 3,
Fig. 18.
Praebulimina carseyae (Plummer). Tappan, 1962, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 236-C, p. 186, Pl. 48, Figs. 11-15. - Sliter, 1968,
Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 83,
Pl. 11, Fig. 16.
Description. - Test free, large, ovate, tapering; four chambers
per whorl, increasing gradually in size, slightly inflated; sutures
distinct, depressed; wall calcareous, finely perforate, surface smooth;
aperture loop-shaped, extending upward on septal face.
Remarks. - This species was described from Texas and recorded later
from the Upper Cretaceous sections of Europe, America and the Middle
East. Specimens from Iraq are larger than the American forms. It was
confined to Maestrichtian rocks in Iraq.
PRAEBULIMINA CUSHMANI (Sandidge)
Buliminella cushmani Sandidge, 1932, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 6.,
Page 100
86
p. 280, Pl. 42, Figs. 18-19. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 119, Pl. SO, Figs. 15 a-b. - LeRoy, 1953,
Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 22, Pl. 8, Fig. 12. -Said and
Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 124, Pl. 4,
Fig. 7. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines
and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, pp. 25-26, Pl. 3,
Figs. 19-20.
Praebulimina cushmani (Sandidge). Hofker, 1957, Geol. Jahrb.,
Beihefte, No. 27, p. 188, Figs. 228-229. - Tappan, 1962,
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 236-C, p. 187, Pl. 49, Figs. l-5. -
Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa,
Art. 7, pp. 38-34, Pl. 11, Fig. 15.
Remarks. - This species differs from Praebulimina carseyae in its
smaller size, and more compact and less inflated test. It is a typical
Upper Cretaceous species.
PRAEBULIMINA KICKAPOOENSIS (Cole)
Bulimina elegans d'Orbigny. Chapman, 1892, Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soc., Vol. 48, p. 516, Pl. 15, Fig. 9 (not of d'Orbigny).
Bulimina kickapooensis Cole, 1938, Fla. Dept. Conserv., Geol. Bull.
16, p. 45, Pl. 3, Fig. 5. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 123, Pl. 51, Figs. 11-12, 14. - Frizzell,
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22,
p. 115, Pl. 16, Figs. Sl-52. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 142, Pl. 4, Fig. 12. - Perl
mutter and Todd, 1965, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 483-I,
p. I 15, Pl. 3, Fig. 2.
Page 101
Praebulimina kickapooensis (Cole). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas,
Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 84, Pl. 11,
Figs. 17-19.
Remarks. - This species is fairly large, elongated, with less
inflated chambers than other species of the genus. A small number of
this form was encountered in the Maestrichtian section of the Ain Zalah
wells, and a single specimen was identified from a Danian sample in
Butmah Well No. 9. This is the first report of the species from post
Maestrichtian samples.
PRAEBULIMINA LAEVIS (Beissel)
Bulimina laevis Beissel, 1891, Preuss. Geol. Landesanstalt, Abh.,
N. Ser., Vol. 3, p. 66, Pl. 12, Figs. 39-43.
Buliminella laevis (Beissel). -Cushman and Parker, 1947, U.S.
Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 210-D, p. 57, Pl. 15, Fig. 6. -
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2,
p. 142, Pl. 4, Fig. 6.
Remarks. - This species was very abundant in all Maestrichtian
samples from the Ain Zalah wells.
PRAEBULIMINA OVULUM (Reuss)
87
Bulimina ovulum Reuss, 1844, Geog. Skizze Boehmen, Bd. 2, p. 215;
1845, Verstein. Boehm. Kreideformation, Abt. 1, p. 37, Pl. 8,
Fig. 57; Pl. 13, Fig. 73 (not B. ovula d'Orbigny, 1839). -
Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Texas, Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest.,
No. 22, p. 115, Pl. 17, Fig. 2 (not invalidated by~· ovula
d'Orbigny; trivial name a noun in apposition).
Page 102
88
Bulimina reussi_Morrow, 1934, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 8, p. 195,
Pl. 29, Fig. 12. -Cushman and Parker, 1947, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 210-D, p. 84, Pl. 19, Fig. 31; Pl. 20, Figs. 1-5. -
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 143,
Pl. 4, Fig. 15. -Perlmutter and Todd, 1965, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 483-I, p. Il5, Pl. 3, Fig. 1 (synonymy).
Bulimina reussi Morrow var. navarroensis Cushman and Parker, 1935,
Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 11, p. 100, Pl. 15,
Fig. 11.
Praebulimina reussi (Morrow). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 85, Pl. 12, Figs. 1-2.
Remarks. - This species has been widely reported from the Upper
Cretaceous of Europe, North and South America, and the Middle East.
Forms that are identical to those reported from the United States were
encountered in the Maestrichtian samples of Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
PRAEBULIMINA STALACTA (Cushman and Parker)
Bulimina stalacta Cushman and Parker, 1936, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res. Contr., Vol. 12, p. 24, Pl. 4, Figs. 5 a-c; 1947, U.S.
Geol. Survey, Prof. Pa~er 210-D, p. 99, Pl. 23, Fig. 4.
Remarks. - A very few specimens from the Danian section in Butmah
Well No. 9 were identical to those in the Smithsonian Institution
(USNM No. 23133). Reported by Cushman and Parker from Eocene rocks
of the United States.
PRAEBULIMINA STOKESI (Cushman and Renz)
Bulimina stokesi Cushman and Renz, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Page 103
89
Spec. Publ. 18, p. 37, Pl. 6, Fig. 14. - Said and Kenawy,
1956, Micropaleontolog~ Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 143, Pl. 4, Fig. 4. -
Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met.,
Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 27, Pl. 3, Fig. 27.
Remarks. - A very few specimens with short costae at the basal part
of the chambers and small projecting spines were placed within this
species. Reported by Said and Kenawy (1956) and Kavary and Frizzell
(1963) from Paleocene materials in Egypt and Iran, respectively. In
Iraq it was recovered from Maestrichtian samples only
PRAEBULIMINA TRIANGULARIS (Cushman and Parker)
Bulimina triangularis Cushman and Parker, 1935, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 11, p. 97, Pl. 15, Figs. 4 a-b. -Cushman,
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 122, Pl. 51,
Fig. 23. - Cushman and Parker, 1947, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 210-D, p. 82, Pl. 19, Fig. 25.
Remarks. - Specimens from Iraq were identical with forms reported
by Cushman (1946) from the Taylor Marl. Identified from the Aaliji
Formation (Danian) of Butmah Well No. 9.
Page 104
Family BOLIVINITIDAE Cushman, 1927
Genus BOLIVINA d'Orbigny, 1839
BOLIVINA INCRASSATA Reuss subsp. GIGANTEA Wicher
90
Bolivina incrassata Reuss. Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 206, p. 127, Pl. 53, Figs. 8-11. -LeRoy, 1953, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 20, Pl. 10, Figs. 4-5. -Frizzell, 1954,
Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 117,
Pl. 17, Fig. 25. -Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 144, Fig. 19. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963,
Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull. Tech. Ser., No. 102,
pp. 28-29, Pl. 3, Fig. 29.
Bolivina incrassata Reuss forma gigantea Wicher, 1949, Belgrade,
Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays Serbe, Bull., Ser. A, No. 2, pp. 27
(Serbian), 85 (English), Pal. 5, Figs. 2-3.
Bolivina incrassata gigantea Wicher. Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas,
Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 88, Pl. 12,
Fig. 15.
Description. - Test free, large, compressed, periphery subacute
to acute; chambers distinct, biserial, slightly inflated; sutures fairly
distinct, flush to slightly depressed occasionally limbate, strongly to
gently curved; surface smooth; aperture an elongate oval at base of final
chamber, with tooth plate. Average length, 1.1 mm; average breadth,
0.48 mm.
Remarks. - This form was one of the dominant species in the Maestri
chtian samples of the Ain Zalah wells. Absence of this form from the
Butmah well might indicate a facies controlled habitat. Sliter (1968,
p. 88) indicated that this species is restricted to the upper-shelf
Page 105
depositional environment. This form has been considered a typical
Maestrichtian species in the United States, Europe, and the Middle
East.
91
Large variation in form was recorded in this study, the majority
with chambers increasing gradually in size, a few with nearly parallel
sides, and others with pointed intital ends identical to the microspheric
forms reported by Wicher (1949) from the Nierental beds (Maestrichtian)
in Austria.
Slightly different but distinctive specimens with highly inflated
chambers near the longitudinal axis formed the majority of the specimens
in Ain Zalah Well No. 17. This feature was considered as intra-subspecific
variation, pending further study which might reveal its phylogenetic and/or
stratigraphic importance.
Genus BOLIVINOIDES Cushman, 1927
BOLIVINOIDES DELICATULA Cushman
Bolivina decorata Jones. Cushman, 1926, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., Vol. 10, p. 586, Pl. 15, Fig. 11 (not of Jones). -White,
1929, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 3, p. 43, Pl. 5, Figs. l a-b.
Bolivinoides decorata delicatula Cushman, 1927, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 2, Pt. 4, p. 90, Pl. 12, Fig. 8; 1946 (in
part), U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 113, Pl. 48,
Figs. 10, 13 (not Figs. ll, 12, 14),
Bolivinoides delicatula Cushman. Reiss, 1954, Cushman Found. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 5, Pt. 4, pp. 156-158, Pl. 31, Figs. 1-4. -
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 140,
Pl. 3, Fig. 44. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 29, Pl. 4, Figs.
Page 106
92
1-2.
Remarks. - The compression of the test, reticulation of the surface,
and position of the aperture are the characteristic features of this
species. A single specimen from the uppermost Danian of Ain Zalah Well
No. 17 was compared with those deposited in the Smithsonian Institution,
identity of morphology was confirmed. Bolivinoides delicatula Cushman
was considered an excellent index fossil for the Danian. Recorded by
Said and Kenawy (1956), Kavary and Frizzell (1963), and Hornibrook
(1958) from equivalent time-stratigraphic units. Its rare occurrence
in material from Iraq is attributed to its ecologically controlled
character as suggested by Said and Kenawy (1956).
BOLIVINOIDES DRACO subsp. DORREENI Finlay
Bolivinoides dorreeni Finlay, 1940, Roy. Soc. N. Zealand, Trans.
Proc., Vol. 69, Pt. 4, p. 453, Pl. 63, Figs. 56-58.
Bolivinoides draco dorreeni Finlay. Reiss, 1954, Cushman Found.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 5, Pt. 4, p. 155, Pl. 29, Figs.
4-7. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2,
p. 140, Pl. 3, Fig. 42.
Remarks. - This subspecies is an excellent marker fossil for the
Maestrichtian Stage. It is characterized by reticulate ornamentation
which distinguishes this form from Bolivinoides draco draco (Marsson).
It is closely related to the latter subspecies, and some intermediate
forms were encountered in Ain Zalah Well No. 16 (depth range 5166-5169
feet). Typical ones were identified in association with B. draco s.s.
in nearly all samples of Maestrichtian age in Ain Zalah Well No. 16,
and a very few from the uppermost, chalky limestone of Butmah Well No. 9.
Page 107
93
Glaessner (1945) and Hofker (1958c) reported the occurrence of this sub
species in the Psuedotextularia Zone (uppermost Maestrichtian) in north
western Germany and Scandinavia. Hofker (1958c) attributed this asso
ciation to invasion of warmer water.
Martinez-Pardo (1965) discussed the significant occurrence of
B. draco dorreeni in the Magellan Basin, Chile, suggesting it indicates
tropical or warm water that reaches southward and relating that to a
general world-wide increase in temperature toward the end of Maestri
chtian time. He question~ the validity of the oxygen-isotope paleo
temperature determinations carried out by Lowenstam and Epstein (1954)
and Bowen (1961 a-c) for specimens of Belemnitella mucronata, which
indicated a general temperature decline from the Campanian to the Mae
strichtian.
BOLIVINOIDES DRACO subsp. DRACO (Marsson)
Bolivina draco Marsson, 1878, Nat. Ver. Neuvorpommern und Rugen.,
Mitt., Jahrg. 10, p. 157, Pl. 3, Fig. 25.
Bolivinoides rhomboidea Cushman, 1926, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 2, Pt. 5, No. 1, p. 19, Pl. 2, Fig. 3; 1946,
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 113, Pl. 48, Fig. 15.
Bolivinoides draco draco (Marsson). Hiltermann and Koch, 1950,
Geol. Jahrb., Bd. 63, p. 598, Figs. 2-4, Nos. 52-54, 58-60;
Fig. 5, Nos. 53, 69, 70; Fig. 1, Nos. 74 a-c, 73 a-b. -
Edgell, 1954, Cushman found. Foram. Res,, Contr., Vol. 5,
Pt. 4, p, 155, Pl. 29, Figs. 1-3, - Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 140, Pl. 3, Fig. 4. -
Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Pro-
Page 108
94
tozoa, Art. 7, p. 88, Pl. 12, Fig. 17
Description. - Test small to medium size, outline rhomboidal,
maximum width close to proximal end, greatest thickness in median
part, margin acute, last two chambers thickened and smooth; ornamen-
tation conspicuous, of two roughly parallel ribs separated by shallow
sulcus, bordered by side ribs; aperture a narrow notch, at middle of
last chamber.
Remarks. - This subspecies is an excellent index fossil for the
Maestrichtian Stage; reported from Europe, Australia, Mexico, and the
United States.
Barr. (1956) and Sliter (1968) suggested that Bolivinoides draco
draco (Marsson) evolved from B. draco miliaris during the latter part
of early Maestrichtian time. A fairly large number of this subspecies
were identified from approximately all the Maestrichtian samples of
Ain Zalah Well No. 16, and a few from Butmah Well No. 9.
BOLIVINOIDES DRACO (Marsson) subsp. MILIARIS Hiltermann and Koch
Bolivinoides draco miliaris Hiltermann and Koch, 1950, Geol. Jhrb.,
Bd. 64, p. 604, Figs, 2-4, 26, 32-34, 39-41, 46-48, Figs. 5,
39. -Reiss, 1954, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 5,
Pt. 4, p. 155, Pl. 28, Figs. 9-12, 14. - Said and Kenawy,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 140, Pl. 3, Fig. 40. -
Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa,
Art. 7, p. 89, Pl. 13, Fig. 1.
Bolivinoides miliaris Hiltermann and Koch. Barr, 1966, Paleontology,
Vol. 9, Pt. 2, pp. 234-235, Pl. 35, Figs. 4-5.
Remarks. - This subspecies is differentiated from Bolivinoides
draco draco (Marsson) by the presence of disseminated costae, that .
Page 109
fail to develop into the distinctive, continuous longitudinal ribs of
the later subspecies. One specimen was encountered in the same sample
that yielded B. draco draco (Marsson) in Butmah Well No. 9.
95
Page 110
Family EOUVIGERINIDAE Cushman, 1927
Genus SIPHOGERINOIDES Cushman, 1927
SIPHOGERINOIDES KLEINPELLI (Cushman)
Siphogenerina kleinpelli Cushman, 1925, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 1, No. 2, p. 3, Pl. 4, Fig. 5.
Remarks. - One specimen, very similar to the species identified
from the Miocene of California (Cushman 1925b) was recorded here from
96
a Danian sample in the Butmah well. Siphogerinoides kleinpelli (Cushman)
shows close affinity to~· plummeri (Cushman) var. coya Frizzell (1943).
The specimen from Iraq is much larger than forms reported from the
United States. Length, ca. 3.00 mm; maximum breadth, 1.60 mm.
Genus STILOSTOMELLA Guppy, 1894
STILOSTOMELLA sp. cf. S. ALEXANDERI subsp. IMPENSIA Cushman
? Ellipsonodosaria alexanderi var. impensia Cushman, 1938, Cushman
Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 14, p. 48, Pl. 8, Figs. 4-5;
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 136, Pl. 56,
Figs. 16-18. - Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol.,
Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 121, Pl. 18, Figs. 15-16.
Stilostomella stephensoni (Cushman). Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 146, Pl. 4, Fig. 32.
Remarks. - A few broken specimens from the Shiranish Formation of
Ain Zalah Well No. 16 (Maestrichtian) and the Aaliji Formation of Ain
Zalah Well No. 17 (Landenian) show close affinity to this subspecies
from the Gulf Coast of the United States and the Giddi and Nekhl sections
of Egypt (U.A.R.). The large number of spines and the shape of chambers
were the basis for the identification.
Page 111
97
STILOSTOMELLA sp. cf. S. MINUTA Cushman
? Ellipsonodosaria minuta Cushman, 1938, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 14, p. 48, Pl. 8, Fig. 6; 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 134, Pl. 56, Fig. 1. - Frizzell, 1954,
Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 121,
Pl. 18, Fig. 20.
Remarks. - Broken specimens with distinct costae covering the
chambers were compared with this species. They resemble the early
chambers of Cushman's and of Frizzell's forms. As in the United States
this species is identified from the Upper Cretaceous samples of Ain
Zalah Well No. 16.
STILOSTOMELLA sp.
Description. - Test straight; chambers uniform in shape and size;
test covered by small papillae; rugosae at end of each chamber; sutures
distinct, depressed limbate; aperture rounded, at end of costate and
somewhat elongate neck.
Remarks. - Three final chambers of a broken specimen were recorded
in a Danian sample of Ain Zalah Well No. 17. They are distinguished
by the hispid surface, rugosae at end of each chamber, and the costate
neck.
STILOSTOMELLA STEPHENSONI subsp. STEPHENSONI (Cushman)
Ellipsonodosaria stephensoni Cushman, 1936, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 12, p. 52, Pl. 9, Figs. 10-15; 1946,
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 134-135, Pl. 56,
Figs. 2-7.- Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol.,
Page 112
Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 121, Pl. 18, Figs. 22-23.
Dentalina stephensoni (Cushman). Bandy, 1951, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 25, p. 501, Pl. 73, Figs. 1-ll. - Sliter, 1968, Univ.
Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, p. 59, Pl. 5, Figs. 22-23.
Stilostomella stephensoni (Cushman). Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 146, Pl. 4, Fig. 37. -
Takayanagi, 1960, Tohoku Univ., Sci. Repts., Ser. 2 (Geol.),
Vol. 32, No. 1, p. 121, Pl. 8, Fig. 3.
Remarks. - This species is characterized by the presence of spines
at the base of the chambers. One specimen from the Maestrichtian of
Ain Zalah Well No. 16 was recorded from Iraq. It is present in beds of
Austin to Navarro age in the Gulf Coast. In Japan it was identified
from the Santonian to Campanian (Takayanagi, 1960).
98
Page 113
Family BULIMINIDAE Jones, 1875
Subfamily BULIMININAE Jones, 1875
Genus GLOBOBULIMINA Cushman, 1927
GLOBOBULIMINA PYRULA (d'Orbigny)
99
Bulimina pyrula d'Orbigny, 1846, Foraminiferes fossiles du Bassin
Tertaire de Vienne, p. 104, Pl. ll, Figs. 9-lO. - LeRoy, 1944,
Colorado School Mines, Quart., Vol. 39, No. 3, p. 26, Pl. 5,
Fig. 14. - Cushman and Parker, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 210-D, p. 104, Pl. 25, Fig. 2.
Globobulimina pyrula (d'Orbigny). Martin, 1952, Cushman Found.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 3, Pts. 3-4, No. 63, p. 132, Pl. 23,
Figs. 8 a-b.
Remarks. - All the previous records of this species indicate its
recovery from Tertiary rocks. Identified in large numbers from one
Maestrichtian sample (depth range 5155-5158 feet) from Ain Zalah Well
No. 16.
187440
Page 114
Superfamily GLOBIGERINACEA Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862
Family HETEROHELICIDAE Cushman, 1927
Subfamily HETEROHELICINAE Cushman, 1927
Genus HETEROHELIX Ehrenberg, 1843
HETEROHELIX GLOBULOSA (Ehrenberg)
Textularia globulosa Ehrenberg, 1840, K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss.,
Berlin, Physik. Abh., (Jahrg. 1838), p. 135, Pl. 4, Figs.
lS, 2S, 4S, 5S, 7S, 8S.
100
Guembelina globulosa (Ehrenberg). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, pp. 105-106, Pl. 45, Figs. 9-15. - Said and
Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 139, Pl. 3,
Fig. 29. - Loeblich, 1951, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 2, p. 108, Pl. 12, Figs. 4-5.
Heterohelix globulosa (Ehrenberg). Gallitelli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, p. 137, Pl. 31, Figs. 12-15. - Barr, 1966, Palaeon
tology, Vol. 9, Pt. 3, p. 503, Pl. 78, Figs. 5-6. - Pessagno,
1967, Palaeontographica Amer., Vol. 5, No. 37, p. 260, Pl. 87,
Figs. 59, 11-13. - Kent, 1967, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 41,
No. 6, p. 1446, Pl. 183, Fig. 8. - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, pp. 94-95, Pl. 14,
Figs. 1-3. - Douglas, 1969, Micropaleontology, Vol. 15, No. 2,
pp. 157-158, Pl. 11, Fig. 12.
Description. - Test small, rapidly tapering, initial end subacute,
1 1/2-2 times as long as broad; chambers spherical, inflated, increasing
in size toward aperture, periphery lobate throughout; sutures distinct,
depressed; wall calcareous, finely perforate, surface smooth; aperture
low, arched, at inner side of last chamber.
Page 115
101
Remarks. - This species is characterized by the small size, globular
chambers, and generally smooth surface. Cushman (1938) and Loeblich
(1951) failed to notice the faint costae on the early part of the test.
In this respect Heterohelix globulosa (Ehrenberg) differs from H. reussi
(Cushman), which has well-developed fine costae throughout. It has
been suggested (Cushman, 1946; Pessagno, 1967) that H. globulosa evolved
from H. reussi.
HETEROHELIX PUNCTULATA (Cushman)
Guembelina punctulata Cushman, 1938, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 14, p. 13, Pl. 2, Figs. 15-16; 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 108, Pl. 46, Figs. 14 a-b.
Pseudoguembelina punctulata (Cushman). Bronnimann and Brown, 1953,
Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 4, Pt. 4, p. 154,
Text-Figs. 7-8.
Heterohelix punctulata (Cushman). Pessagno, 1962, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 8, No. 3, p. 358, Pl. 1, Fig. 11; 1967, Palaeontographica
Amer. Vol. 5, No. 37, pp. 262-263, Pl. 86, Figs. 7-10. -
Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa,
Art. 7, p. 96, Pl. 14, Fig. 7.
Description. - Test free, large, length nearly 1 1/2 times breadth,
biserial; chambers increasing regularly in size, subglobular in adult
stage, compressed in early part, periphery acute initially, lobate later;
sutures distinct, flush in early part of test, depressed and nearly
straight later; wall calcareous, surface of initial chambers costate,
pitted and reticulate in mid-portion, smooth in adult stage; aperture
a high arch at base of last chamber. Length, ca. 0.57 mm; maximum
Page 116
width, 0.40 mm.
Remarks. - Heterohelix punctulata is characterized by its early
costate surface distinct reticulate pores in mid-portion, and smooth
adult stage. This species was placed in the genus Pseudoguembelina
by Bronnimann and Brown, because of its frequent possession of sutural
accessory apertures. Gallitelli (1957, pp. 139-140) pointed to the
presence of sutural supplementary apertures in rare occasions among
species of Heterohelix, and Pessagno (1967, p. 262) stated that these
apertures are common among species of the genus. In the present study
the accessory apertures were seldom observed.
102
Kavary (in Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, p. 68) recorded a few spe
cimens of this species as "Pseudoguembelina punctata (Cushman)" (an
obvious misspelling in heading and synonymy) from the Maestrichtian of
Iran. Sliter (1968, p. 96) indicated that "H. punctulata is a charac
teristic of Campanian-Maastrichtian strata and occurs in the Gulf Coast
of America, Cuba, and Puerto Rico." Recorded from the Shiranish Formation
(Maestrichtian) of Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
HETEROHELIX REUSSI (Cushman)
Guembelina reussi Cushman, 1938, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 14, Pt. 1, p. 11, Pl. 2, Figs. 6-9; 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 104, Pl. 44, Figs. 18 a-b, 19.
Heterohelix reussi (Cushman). Pessagno, 1967, Palaeontographica
Amer. Vol. 5, No. 37, p. 263, Pl. 85, Figs. 1-9; Pl. 86,
Figs. 1-2. - Douglas, 1969, Micropaleontology, Vol. 15,
No. 2, pp. 158-159, Pl. 11, Fig. 15.
Description. - Test free, medium size to small, initial chambers
Page 117
may be planispirally coiled, biserial in adult; chambers subglobular,
increasing regularly and gradually in size, distinctly set apart in
later portion, leaving a somewhat triangular depressed area between;
sutures clear, depressed; wall calcareous, surface covered with fine
costae; aperture high, semicircular, on inner margin of last chamber.
Length, ca. 0.60 mm; maximum breadth, 0.41 mm.
103
Remarks. - Although Cushman (1938) stated that "Guembelina" reussi
has a smooth surface with fine perforation, examination of the holotype
and paratypes (Cushman Collection, USNM) from the Austin Chalk revealed
the presence of fine costae. Said and Kenawy's illustration (1956,
Pl. 3, Fig. 32) is not of Heterohelix reussi but Pseudotextularia sp.
H. reussi (Cushman) differs from H. globulosa in having a more costate
test, less globular chambers, and the presence of a depressed triangular
area between chambers of the last part. The costae in this species are
finer than those of H. striata.
Heterohelix reussi is common in the Shiranish Formation of the Ain
Zalah wells in Iraq.
HETEROHELIX STRIATA (Ehrenberg)
Textularia striata Ehrenberg, 1840, K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
Physik, Abh., (Jahrg. 1838), p. 135, Pl. 4, Figs. la, 2a, 3a.
Guembelina striata (Ehrenberg). Egger (in part), 1899, K. Bayer.
Akad. Wiss. Munchen, Math. -Physik, Cl., Abh., Bd. 21, Abt. 1,
p. 33, Pl. 14, Figs. 37-39 (not Figs. 5-7, 10-11). -Cushman,
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 104-105, Pl. 45,
Figs. 4-5. - Bandy, 1951, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 25, p. 510,
Pl. 75, Figs. 8-9.
Page 118
104
Heterohelix striata (Ehrenberg). Gallitelli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, pp. 137-140. - Berggren, 1962, Acta Univ. Stock
holmiensis, Stockholm Contr., Geol. Vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 21-22,
Pl. 6, Figs. la-5b.- Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo.,
School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 62, Pl. 13,
Figs. 1-2. - Pessagno, 1967, Palaeontographica Amer., Vol. 5,
No. 37, p. 264, Pl. 78, Figs. 4-5; Pl. 88, Figs. 3-7; Pl. 98,
Fig. 16. -Douglas, 1969, Micropaleontology, Vol. 15, No. 2,
pp. 159-160, Pl. 11, Figs. 4, 7-8 (synonymy).
Description. - Test medium size, 1 1/2 times as long as broad,
initial part tapering; chambers subglobular, increasing very slightly
in size as added; periphery rounded, lobate throughout; wall calcareous
perforate; surface finely striate except for last chambers of some
specimens; sutures distinct, straight; aperture arched, at inner margin
of last chamber.
Remarks. - Heterohelix striata is similar in general morphylogy to
H. globulosa (Ehrenberg), the differences cited by some authors are in
size and degree of ornamentation (Cushman, 1938). Pessagno (1967, p. 264)
stated that it differs by " ••. possessing well-developed medium costae
which in ephebic specimens cover all but the last several chambers of
the test. Smaller neanic specimens show costae on all chambers."
Douglas (1969) also noticed some specimens from California with smooth
last chambers as recorded in this investigation.
This species was noticed in a moderate number in the Maestrichtian
samples of Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
Page 119
105
Genus CHILOGUEMBELINA Loeblich and Tappan, 1956
Hofker in July 1956 (pp. 908-910, Text-Figs. 21-22), proposed the
new generic name Stainforthia for small Tertiary and Recent "Bolivina,"
with the type species Virgulina concava Hoglund. The genus is character
ized by being " ... in many species triserial in the initial part, at least
in the microspheric form, then becoming biserial . ... In advanced forms
the triserial part may be suppressed, the test being biserial throughout."
In November 1956, Loeblich and Tappan (p. 340) erected a new genus
Chiloguembelina, that resembles Guembelina Egger,-with Guembelina midway
ensis (Cushman) as type-species. Chiloguembelina is distinguished from
Heterohelix by being biserial throughout, and without the early coiled
portion of the microspheric generation of the genus Heterohelix. Beck
mann (1957, p. 83) indicated that the Tertiary species of Chiloguembelina
is biserial throughout, and denying the presence of a triserial stage
in Guembelina venezuelana Nuttall, recorded by Hofker (1954). A discussion
and redescription of the type-species Virgulina concava Hoglund was
presented by Hofker (1963), insisting on the presence of a Virgulina-like
initial end in Guembelina venezuelana Nuttall, and concluding that
Stainforthia has priority over Chiloguembelina which should be treated
as a junior synonym. Loeblich and Tappan (1964) included both genera,
Stainforthia and Chiloguembelina, placing the former under the Family
Buluminidae, and the latter under the Family Heterohelicidae. The writer
in the present study was not able to confirm the presence of the tooth
plate, The biserial initial end was very clear. The possibility that
the specimens studied from Iraq were megalospheric forms, lacking the
trochoid feature described by Hofker (1956d) is not excluded.
Page 120
CHILOGUEMBELINA MARTINI (Pijpers)
Textularia martini Pijpers, 1933, Geog. Geol. Med., Physiogr.
Geol., Reeks Univ. Utrecht, p. 57, Figs. 6-10.
Guembelina goodwini Cushman and Jarvis, 1933, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 9, Pt. 3, p. 69, Pl. 7, Figs. 15-16.
Guembelina venezuelana Nuttall, 1935, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 9,
p. 126, Pl. 15, Figs. 2-4.
106
Chiloguembelina martini (Pijpers). Beckmann, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, p. 89, Pl. 21, Fig. 14, Text-Figs. 9-11, 14-18,
20-23. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines
and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 69, Pl. 13, Fig. 28.
Description. - Test small, elongate, tapering, slightly compressed;
chambers biserial, increasing gradually in size, somewhat inflated,
terminal chamber distinct, twice as wide as high; periphery lobulate;
sutures depressed; aperture asymmetrical at base of last chamber with
apertural flap on one side. Length, ca. 0.50 mm, breadth, ca. 0.28 mm.
Remarks. - A few specimens from the lower part of the Danian in
Iraq were identical to forms recorded by Beckmann from the lower Tertiary
of Trinidad (1957, Pl. 21, Fig. 14) and the Danian of Iran (Kavary and
Frizzell, 1963).
CHILOGUEMBELINA MIDWAYENSIS subsp. MIDWAYENSIS (Cushman)
Guembelina midwayensis Cushman, 1940, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 16, Pt. 3, p. 65, Pl. 11, Fig. 15. -Cushman and
Todd, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 22, Pt. 2,
p. 58, Pl. 10, Fig. 15.
Page 121
Chiloguembelina midwayensis midwayensis (Cushman). Beckmann,
1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 90, Pl. 21, Fig. 14. -
Said and Kerdany, 1964, Micropaleontology, Vol. 10, No. 3,
p. 388, Pl. 3, Fig. 26.
Chiloguembelina midwayensis (Cushman). Loeblich and Tappan, 1957,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 179, Pl. 41, Fig. 3; Pl. 43,
Fig. 7; Pl. 45, Fig. 9. - Olsson, 1960, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 34, No. 1, p. 29, Pl. 4, Figs. 16-17. -Berggren, 1962,
Acta Univ. Stockholmiensis, Stockholm Contr., Geol., Vol. 9,
No. 1, pp. 25-26, Pl. 6, Fig. 8. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963,
Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102,
p. 69, Pl. 13, Fig. 31.
Bolivina daniana Nakkady and Talaat. Nakkady, 1959, Micropaleon
tology, Vol. 5, No. 4, p. 459, Pl. 6, Figs. 5-6.
Stainforthia (Chiloguembelina) midwayensis (Cushman). Hofker,
1960, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 11, Pt. 3,
No. 210, p. 79, Text-Figs. 13-14; 1962, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 1072, Text-Fig. 24.
Description. - Test free, small, rapidly tapering, biserial
throughout, slightly compressed; sutures distinct, depressed, oblique;
surface smooth; aperture an open arch, asymmetrical, with flap on base
of last chamber. Length, ca 0.54 mm; breadth, ca. 0.38 mm.
107
Remarks. - This species is characterized by its small, rapidly
flaring test, and asymmetrical aperture with distinct flap. Chilo
guembelina midwayensis ~-~· is a characteristic Danian form. The record
from the lower Danian samples in Iraq is consistant with its distribution
in the type Danian (Hofker, 1960a, 1962, Berggren, 1962). In the Middle
Page 122
East, Kavary and Frizzell (1963) showed a similar stratigraphic level
for this species in Iran, and Said and Sabry (1964) identified large
numbers of similar forms from all Danian samples of Gebel Aweina, Egypt
(U.A.R.~).
CHILOGUEMBELINA MORSEI (Kline)
Guembelina morsei Kline, 1943, Mississippi Geol. Surv., Bull. 53,
p. 44, Pl. 4, Fig. 12. - Cushman, 1951, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 232, p. 38, Pl. 11, Fig. 5.
Chiloguembelina midwayensis (Cushman). Loeblich and Tappan (in
part) 1956, Wash. Acad. Sci. Jour., Vol. 46, No. 11, p. 340.
Chiloguembelina morsei (Kline). Loeblich and Tappan, 1957, U.S.
108
Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 179, Pl. 40, Fig. 2; Pl. 41, Fig. 4;
Pl. 42, Fig. 1; Pl. 43, Figs. 2, 6. - Berggren, 1962, Acta
Univ. Stockholmiensis, Stockholm Contr., Geol., Vol. 9, No. 1,
pp. 24-25, Pl. 6, Fig. 7. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ.
Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, pp.
69-70, Pl. 13, Figs. 29-30.
Stainforthia (Chiloguernbelina) morsei (Kline). Hofker, 1960,
Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 11, Pt. 3, No. 210,
p. 80, Text-Figs. 1-10.
Description. - Test small, relatively narrow; chambers subglobular,
inflated, with nearly equal breadth and height; sutures distinct, depressed,
very slightly oblique; wall calcareous, finely perforate; aperture a
high arch at base of last chamber with distinct flange on one side.
Length, ca. 0.40 mm; breadth, ca. 0.30 mm.
Remarks. - This species is distinguished from Chiloguembelina
Page 123
109
midwayensis ~-~· by its narrower test, more globular chambers and more
deeply incised sutures. It is restricted to beds of Danian age (Loeblich
and Tappan, 1957a; Berggren, 1962; Hofker, 1960a). Identified from
a Danian sample in Iraq.
CHILOGUEMBELINA SUBTRIANGULARIS Beckmann
Chiloguembelina subtriangularis Beckmann, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, p. 91, Pl. 21, Fig. 5, Text-Fig. 15 (Nos. 39-42). -
Said and Kerdany, 1961, Micropaleontology, Vol. 7, No. 3, p.
331, Pl. 2, Fig. 6. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo.,
School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 70,
Pl. 13, Fig. 32. - Said and Sabry, 1964, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 10, No. 3, p. 390, Pl. 3, Fig. 28.
Remarks. - Specimens with subtriangular outline, slightly compressed
test and depressed sutures were observed in the lower Danian samples.
Beckmann (1957) first identified this species from the lower Lizard
Springs Formation of Trinidad.
CHILOGUEMBELINA WILCOXENSIS Cushman and Ponton
Guembelina wilcoxensis Cushman and Ponton, 1932, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 8, Pt. 3, p. 66, Pl. 8, Figs. 16,
17. - Hofker, 1960, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 11,
Pt. 3, p. 74, Text-Fig. 15.
Chiloguembelina wilcoxensis (Cushman and Ponton). Beckmann, 1957,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 92, Pl. 21, Figs. 10, 12, 13;
Text-Fig, 15 (Nos. 49-58). - Pozaryska, 1965, Palaeontologia
Polonica, No. 14, pp. 92-93, Pl. 22, Fig. 6.
Page 124
110
Description. - Test medium size with lobulate outline; chambers
inflated, globular, increasing rapidly in size; sutures distinct, deeply
incised, oblique; wall smooth; aperture semicircular, at base of last
chamber. Length, 0.50 mm; maximum width, 0.40 mm.
Remarks. - The shape of test, globular chambers, and symmetrical
aperture easily distinguish this species from the other species of
Chiloguembelina.~. wilcoxensis is somewhat similar to some Cretaceous
species of Heterohelix. A few forms identical to those described from
Alabama (lower Eocene), Trinidad (Paleocene and lower Eocene), and
Poland (mainly Montian and rarely Danian) were encountered in the upper
part of the Danian in Butmah Well No. 9.
Genus PLANOGLOBULINA Cushman, 1927
PLANOGLOBULINA CARSEYAE (Plummer)
Textularia globulosa Ehrenberg. Carsey, 1926, Univ. Tex., Bull.
2612, p. 25, Pl. 5, Figs. 2 a-b (not of Ehrenberg).
Ventilabrella carseyae Plummer, 1931, Univ. Tex., Bull. 3101,
p. 178, Pl. 9, Figs. 7-10. - Cushman (in part) 1946, U.S.
Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 112, Pl. 48, Figs. 4-5
(not 1-2).
Guembelina carseyae (Plummer). Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau
Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 108, Pl. 15, Figs.
14~16.
Planoglobulina carseyae (Plummer). Gallitelli, 1957, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 215, p. 269, Pl. 32, Fig. 13. - Olsson, 1960,
Jour, Paleontology, Vol. 34, No. 1, p. 29, Pl. 4, Fig. 13. -
Skinner, 1962, Tulane Stud. Geol., Vol. 1, No.1, p. 42, Pl. 5,
Page 125
Fig. 18. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines
and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 65, Pl. 13, Figs.
13-14.
111
Description. - Test tapering; chambers inflated, biserial in early
stage, rapidly increasing in size, three or more chambers in adult stage,
arranged in biserial plane; wall calcareous, surface longitudinally
costate; sutures distinct, strongly depressed; aperture large, broad,
with distinct lip at inner margin of apertural face.
Remarks. - The species can be distinguished by the development of
three or more chambers at the adult stage, its large aperture, and
supplementary openings. This species is characteristic of the upper
Navarro of the Gulf Coast. Reported from the Maestrichtian beds in
Iran. Very few specimens are identified from samples of the Maestrichtian
age in the Ain Zalah wells.
PLANOGLOBULINA EGGERI (Cushman)
Ventilabrella eggeri Cushman, 1928, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 4, p. 2, Pl. l, Figs. 1-12; 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 111, Pl. 47, Figs. 17-19. -LeRoy,
1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54~ p. 54, Pl. 6, Figs. 24-25. -
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2,
p. 140, Pl. 3, Fig. 38. - Gallitelli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, pp. 141-142.
Description. - Test initially biserial, chambers slightly increase
in size, later flabelliform, with globular chambers; sutures distinct,
depressed; surface costate; aperture multiple on the final series of
chambers.
Page 126
Remarks. - Forms with distinct globular chambers in the adult
stage and costate throughout are placed under this species. It is very
close to Planoglobulina acervulinoides (Egger), distinguished from the
latter species by having less compressed test. Recorded in Iraq from
Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
PLANOGLOBULINA GLABRATA (Cushman)
112
Ventilabrella eggeri Cushman var. glabrata Cushman, 1938, Cushman
Lab. Foram. Res., Cont., Vol. 14, p. 26, Pl. 4, Figs. 16-17;
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 111-112, Pl. 47,
Figs. 20-22. -Frizzell, 1954, Bureau Econ. Geol., Univ. Tex.,
Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 111, Pl. 16, Figs. 11-12.
Planoglobulina glabrata (Cushman). Gallitelli, 1957, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 141-142, Pl. 32, Figs. 10-12. - Skinner,
1962, Tulane Stud. Geol. , Vol. 1, No. 1, P· 42, Pl. 5' Fig.
15. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo. , School Mines and
Met., Bull. , Tech. Ser., No. 102, P· 65' Pl. 13, Fig. 15. -
Esker, 1969, Micropaleontology, Vol. 15, No. 2, P· 213, Pl. 2,
Fig. 10.
Remarks. - This species is characterized by having longitudinal
costae covering only the early chambers. Various forms were recorded
from the Ain Zalah wells which were identical to those reported from the
Taylor Marl in Texas and from Jamaica (Esker, 1969).
PLANOGLOBULINA ORNATISSIMA (Cushman and Church)
Ventilabrella ornatissima Cushman and Church, 1929, Calif. Acad.
Sci., Proc., Ser. 4, Vol. 18, p. 512, Pl. 39, Figs. 12-15.
Page 127
113
Gublerina ornatissima (Cushman and Church). Sliter, 1968, Univ.
Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, p. 97, Pl. 14, Fig. 10. -
Douglas, 1969, Micropaleontology, Vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 160-161,
Pl, 11, Figs. l-2.
Remarks. - A few specimens were recorded from Ain Zalah Wells Nos. 16
and 17. This species differs from Planoglobulina eggeri (Cushman) by
having a more compressed adult stage, less inflated chambers, and smooth
chambers in the final stage.
Genus PSEUDOGUEMBELINA Bronnimann and Brown, 1953
PSEUDOGUEMBELINA COSTULATA (Cushman)
Guembelina costulata Cushman, 1938, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 14, p. 16, Pl. 3, Figs. 7-9; 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 108, Pl. 46, Figs. 10-12. -
Hamilton, 1953, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 26, p. 234, Pl. 30,
Fig. 12. -Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol.,
Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 108, Pl. 15, Figs. 17-19.
Pseudoguembelina costulata (Cushman~. Bronnimann and Brown, 1953,
Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 4, Pt. 4, P· 153,
Text-Fig. 5. - Gallitelli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215,
p. 139, Pl. 31, Figs. 21-22. - Said and Sabry, 1964, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 392-393, Pl. 3, Fig. 19. -
Pessagno, 1967, Paleontographica Amer., Vol. 5, No. 36, p. 266,
Pl 79 F]_·g 1· Pl. 88, Figs. 8-9,· Pl. 90, Fig. 3. - Sliter, . ' . , 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7,
pp. 97-98, Pl. 14, Figs. 11-12.
Page 128
114
Description. - Test small to medium size, 1 l/2 times as long as
broad, initial end rather rapidly tapering; chambers biserial, gradually
increasing in size as added, ultimate pair of chambers forms maximum
breadth, with inner portion reduced in height; in lateral view outline
only slightly lobate; sutures indistinct in early stage, later oblique
and depressed; surface ornamented throughout with fine longitudinal
costae parallel to contour of chambers; principal aperture semicircular,
at base of inner margin of ultimate chamber, accessory apertures obscure
along median line.
Remarks. - Pseudoguembelina costulata seems to be closely related
to ~· excolata , differing by its narrower outline and finer costae.
This species was recorded in very limited number from the Shiranish
Formation (Maestrichtian) of the three boreholes in Iraq. It has been
reported from the late Campanian and Maestrichtian of the Gulf Coast
(Cushman, 1946; Frizzell, 1954; Pessagno, 1967), the Upper Cretaceous
of the mid-Pacific (Hamilton, 1953), the Campanian-Maestrichtian of
Puerto Rico (Pessagno, 1962), the Maestrichtian of Egypt (U.A.R.)
(Said and Sabry, 1964), and the Campanian-Maestrichtian of the Pacific
Coast (Sliter, 1968).
PSEUDOGUEMBELINA EXCOLATA (Cushman)
Guembelina excolata Cushman, 1926, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 2, Pt. 1, p. 20, Pl. 2, Fig. 9; 1946, U.S. Geol Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, pp. 108-109, Pl. 46, Figs. 16 a-b. - LeRoy,
1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 34, Pl. 7, Figs. 24-25.
Textularia costata Carsey, 1926, Univ. Texas, Bull. 2612, p. 25,
Pl. l, Fig. 4.
Page 129
115
Pseudoguembelina excolata (Cushman). Bronnimann and Brown, 1953,
Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 4, Pt. 4, p. 153,
Text-Figs. 1-4. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 139, Pl. 3, Fig. 36. - Said and Kerdany,
1961, Micropaleontology, Vol. 7, No. 3, p. 332, Pl. 2, Fig.
11.- Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and
Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 67, Pl. 13, Figs. 22-23. -
Said and Sabry, 1964, Micropaleontology, Vol. 10, No. 3,
p. 394, Pl. 3, Fig. 20. - Pessagno, 1967, Palaeontographica
Amer., Vol. 5, No. 36, pp. 266-267, Pl. 88, Figs. 4-5; Pl. 90,
Fig. 5.
Remarks. - This species is larger, wider, and more coarsely costate
than Pseudoguembelina costulata (Cushman). It differs from P. palpebra
Bronnimann and Brown by its more broadened and less inflated chambers.
~· excolata (Cushman) occurred sparsely in almost all the Maestrichtian
samples of Ain Zalah Well No. 16 and Butmah Well No. 9.
Genus PSEUDOTEXTULARIA Rzehak, 1891
PSEUDOTEXTULARIA ELEGANS (Rzehak)
Cuneolina elegans Rzehak, 1891, k. k. Naturhist. Hofm., Wein, Ann.,
Bd. 6, p. 2.
Guembelina elegans (Rzehak). White, 1929, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 3,
p • 3 5 , Pl. 4 , Fig . 8 •
Guembelina plummerae Loetterle, 1937, Nebr. Geol. Survey, Pub1.
2nd Ser., Bull. 12, p. 33, Pl. 5, Figs. 1-2. -Cushman, 1946,
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 104, Pl. 45, Figs. 1-3.
Page 130
116
Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzehak) aff. var. deformis (Kikoine).
De Klasz, 1953, Geol. Bavaria, No. 17, p. 232, Pl. 5, Fig. 3.
Pseudoguembelina striata (Ehrenberg). Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 139, Pl. 3, Fig. 37.
Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzehak). Gallitelli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, p. 138, Pl. 33, Fig. 6. -Olsson, 1960, Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 34, p. 28, Pl. 4, Figs. 9-10. - Kavary and
Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull.,
Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 64, Pl. 13, Figs. 9-10. - Sliter, 1968,
Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 98,
Pl. 14, Figs. 13-15.
Description. - Test free, biserial; early chambers increasing rapidly
in size as added, later ones compressed with thickness greater than breadth;
sutures distinct, depressed, mostly straight, perpendicular to axis of
growth; wall calcareous, surface covered with coarse longitudinal costae;
aperture large, arched, extends across the base of last chamber. Length,
0.40-0.68 mrn; breadth, 0.32-0.37 mm; thickness, 0.31-0.43 mrn.
Remarks. - Pseudotextularia Rzehak includes only forms which are
biserial. Large numbers of ~· elegans were recorded from the Maestrichtian
material of the Ain Zalah wells, with large variations in test length,
breadth, degree of lateral compression, and position and size of the last
chamber. They are identical with those reported from the Middle East,
Europe and the United States.
Genus RACEMIGUEMBELINA GALLITELLI, 1957
RACEMIGUEMBELINA FRUCTICOSA (Egger)
Guembelina fructicosa Egger, 1900, K. Bayer, Akad. Wiss. Munchen,
Page 131
117
Math. -Physik. Cl., Abh., Bd. 21, p. 35, Pl. 14, Figs. 8-9.
Racemiguembelina fructicosa (Egger). Gallitelli, 1957, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 215, p. 142, Pl. 32, Figs. 14-15. -Said and Ker
dany, 1961, Micropaleontology, Vol. 7, No. 3, p. 334, Pl. 2,
Fig. 17. -Skinner, 1962, Tulane Stud. Geol., Vol. 1, No. 1,
p. 41, Pl. 5, Fig. 14 (synonymy). - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963,
Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102,
p. 70, Pl. 13, Fig. 34. - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 98, Pl. 14, Fig. 16.
Description. - Test free, conical; early chambers subglobular,
biserial, increasing uniformly in shape and size, finally proliferated
with additional globular chambers, resulting in a crown-like structure
at end of test; sutures distinct, depressed; wall calcareous, surface
longitudinally costate; aperture a series of arcuate, basal openings.
Length, ca. 0.47 mm; breadth, ca. 0.37 mm.
Remarks. - A single specimen, identical to those recorded from the
Mendez Shale of the Tampico Embayment region, Mexico, was identified
from Ain Zalah Well No. 16 (depth range 5075-5078 feet).
Page 132
Family ROTALIPORIDAE Sigal, 1958
Subfamily HEDBERGELLINAE Loeblich and Tappan, 1961
Genus HEDBERGELLA Bronnimann and Brown, 1958
HEDBERGELLA PLANISPIRA (Tappan)
Globigerina planispira Tappan, 1940, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 14,
No. 2, p. 122, Pl. 19, Fig. 12.
118
Praeglobotruncana planispira (Tappan). Bolli, Loeblich and Tappan,
1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 40, Pl. 9, Fig. 3.
Hedbergella planispira (Tappan). Loeblich and Tappan, 1961, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 4, No. 3, p. 276, Pl. 5, Figs. 4-ll. -
Olsson, 1964, Micropaleontology, Vol. 10, No. 3, p. 161,
Pl. l, Figs. 4-5. - Douglas, 1969, Micropaleontology, Vol. 15,
No. 2, p. 168, Pl. 5, Fig. l.
Remarks. - Hedbergella planispira is characterized by its small
size and compressed, nearly planispiral and hispid test. The species was
encountered sparsely in the Maestrichtian samples of the Ain Zalah wells.
Page 133
Family GLOBOTRUNCANIDAE Brotzen, 1942
Genus GLOBOTRUNCANA Cushman, 1927
GLOBOTRUNCANA AEGYPTIACA subsp. AEGYPTIACA Nakkady
119
Globotruncana aegyptiaca Nakkady, 1950, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 24,
p. 690, Pl. 90, Figs. 20-22.
Rugotruncana skewesae Bronnimann and Brown, 1956, Eel. Geol. Helv.,
Basel, Vol. 48, pp. 550-551, Pl. 23, Figs. 4-6.
Globotruncana aegyptiaca aegyptiaca Nakkady. El-Naggar, 1966,
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 76-80,
Pl. 3, Fig. 4; Pl. 4, Fig. l (synonymy).
Description. - Test medium size, very low trochospiral, planoconvex,
dorsal side nearly flat, ventral side strongly convex; equatorial
periphery roughly quadrate, distinctly lobate; axial periphery truncate;
with two well-developed beaded keels; four chambers in last whorl, of
nearly equal size; sutures distinct, raised, beaded and curved on dorsal
side, on ventral side radial and depressed; wall calcareous, perforate;
surface covered by very distinct well developed papillae. Diameter, 0.47-
0.35 mm; thickness, ca. 0.22 mm.
Remarks. - This form is characterized by its distinctly quadrilobate
test, rough surface, and well developed two keels.
Globotruncana aegyptiaca subsp. aegyptiaca Nakkady was reported
mainly from sections of Campanian to Maestrichtian age in Egypt (U.A.R.)
(Nakkady, 1950; Nakkady and Osman, 1954; El-Naggar, 1966).
A few typical specimens of this Egyptian form were identified
from one Maestrichtian sample in Ain Zalah Well No. 16 in Iraq.
Page 134
GLOBOTRUNCANA AEGYPTIACA subsp. DUWI Nakkady
Globotruncana aegXPtiaca Nakkady var. duwi Nakkady, 1950, Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 24, p. 690, Pl. 90, Figs. 17-19.
Globotruncana aegyptiaca var. duwi Nakkady. Nakkady and Osman,
1954, 19th Inter. Geol. Congr., p. 76, Pl. 20, Fig. 21.
Globotruncana aegyptiaca duwi Nakkady. El-Naggar, 1966, Bull.
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 80-81, Pl. 13,
Fig. 5.
Remarks. - This subspecies is distinguished and differs from
Globotruncana aegyptiaca aegyptiaca Nakkady by being smaller, having
fewer chambers in the last whorl, increasing very rapidly in size,
120
by its ovoid to slightly lobate equatorial periphery, and its distinct
rough surface. Nakkady (1950) described this form as a variety of
Globotruncana aegyptiaca s.l. Nakkady. El-Naggar (1966) raised the
taxonomic status of this form to subspecies on the basis of its distinct
morphology and first appearance in a higher stratigraphic level. The
writer follows El-Naggar in treatment of this form although it was
encountered in samples of the same stratigraphic level as G. aegyptiaca
aegyptiaca Nakkady. Its morphological features are distinctive. A
very few specimens from two Maestrichtian samples were encountered in
Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
GLOBOTRUNCANA ANDORI de Klasz
Globotruncana andori de Klasz, 1953, Geol. Bavarica, No. 17,
p. 233, Pl. 6, Fig. 1. - Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.
215, p. 59, Pl. 14, Fig. 6. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ.
Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 51,
Page 135
Pl. 10, Figs. 2-4. -Barr, 1968, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 42,
No. 2, pp. 314-315, Pl. 38, Fig. 4.
121
Description. - Test medium size, planoconvex, dorsal side flat,
ventral side strongly convex, periphery nearly circular, with single
keel; chambers six in last whorl, subangular; wall smooth; sutures
curved, raised, beaded on dorsal side, slightly curved, depressed on
ventral side; umbilicus large, moderately deep; aperture interiomarginal,
umbilical. Diameter, 0.52-0.50 mm; thickness, ca. 0.27 mm.
Remarks. - Specimens identical to those reported by Barr (1968)
from Libya were abundant in the Maestrichtian samples of Ain Zalah Well
No. 16, and a few were recorded from Butmah Well No. 9. Barr (1968)
mentioned that de Klasz' original description of this species indicated
the presence of 6 to 8 (generally 7) chambers in the final whorl. The
specimens identified by Bolli (1957a) had the same number of chambers in
the last whorl as those recorded by Barr and in this study.
GLOBOTRUNCANA ARCA (Cushman)
Pulvinulina area Cushman, 1926, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 2, Pt. 1, p. 23, Pl. 3, Fig. l.
Globotruncana area (Cushman). Cushman (in part), 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 150, Pl. 62, Fig. 4 (not Fig. 5)
(synonymy). -Bolli, Loeblich and Tappan, 1957, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 215, p. 44, Pl. 11, Figs. 6-11. - Kavary and
Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech.
Ser., No. 102, pp. 51-52, Pl. 10, Figs. 5-9. - El-Naggar, 1966,
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, PP· 83-86, Pl. 1,
Figs. 1-2. - Barr, 1968, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 42, No. 2,
Page 136
p. 315, Pl. 39, Fig. 3 (synonymy).
Globotruncana (Globotruncana) ~(Cushman). Edgell (in part),
1957 , Micropaleontology, Vol. 3, No. 2, p. 110, Pl. 3,
Figs. 4-6 (not Pl. 1, Figs. 10-12). - Berggren, 1962, Acta
Univ. Stockholmiensis, Stockholm Cont. Geol., Vol. 9, No. l,
pp. 49-51, Pl. 9, Figs. l-2 (synonymy).
Description. - Test medium size, unequally biconvex, ventral side
almost flat, dorsal side moderately convex; chambers petaloid, six in
122
last whorl; sutures beaded in early portion of dorsal side with a distinct
double keel; unbilicus wide, outlined by horseshoe-shaped ridges.
Diameter 0.48-0.43 mm; thickness 0.28 mm.
Remarks. - A moderate number of specimens, some with fragmentary
parts of the tegilla, were recorded from the lower part of the Ain Zalah
Well No. 16 and the uppermost section in Butmah Well No. 9. The stra-
tigraphic range of Globotruncana area has been disputed. It was first
identified from the Mendez Shale of Mexico, which was later considered
to be of Maestrichtian age. In California it has been reported in the
Campanian by Bandy (1951), and in the Santonian and Campanian by Takaya-
nagi (1965). Bronnimann and Brown (1956) indicated that G. area (Cush-
man) is restricted to strata of Maestrichtian age and that all the occur-
rences reported from pre-Maestrichtian strata are probably erroneous.
The literatures contain reports of ~· ~ (Cushman) from strata as old
as Turonian (Bandy, 1960). Berggren (1962) stated that forms identified
from the uppermost Campanian are transitional. El-Naggar (1966, p. 85)
indicated the presence of this species in the upper Campanian of the
Paris Basin and its abundance in the Maestrichtian of Esna-Idfu region
in Egypt (U.A.R.). Bandy (1967, p. 20, Text-Fig. 9) showed that it
Page 137
123
appears near the Turonian-Coniacian boundary or slightly earlier.
This species is of world-wide distribution. It has been reported
from Alaska, Canada, North and South America, Europe, Russia, Australia,
and the Middle East.
GLOBOTRUNCANA CALICIFORMIS subsp. CALICIFORMIS (de Lapparent)
Rosalina linnei d'Orbigny mutation caliciforme de Lapparent, 1918,
Mem. Carte Geol. detail, de la France, p. 8, Fig. 2j, Pl. 1,
Fig. 2.
Pulvinulina area Cushman var. contusa Cushman, 1926, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 2, Pt. l, p. 23.
Globotruncana area var. contusa (Cushman). Cushman, 1946, U.S.
Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 150-151, Pl. 62, Fig. 6.
Globotruncana contusa (Cushman). Troelsen, 1955, Micropaleonto
logy, Vol. l, No. 1, pp. 76-82, Text-Fig. 2.
Globotruncana contusa contusa (Cushman). Gandolfi, 1955, Bulls.
Amer. Paleont., Vol. 36, No. 155, p. 53, Pl. 4, Fig. 3. -
El-Naggar, 1966, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Geol. Suppl. 2,
pp. 90-93, Pl. 7, Figs. 2-3; Pl. 11, Fig. l.
Globotruncana caliciformis caliciformis (de Lapparent). El-Naggar
and Haynes, 1967, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 18,
Part 1, No. 326, pp. 5-8, Pl. 1, Figs. 2-3; Pl. 4, Figs. 1-6
(synonymy).
Description. - Test large, with high trochoid, occasionally folded
dorsal surface, periphery angular, surface distinctly papillose, mostly
polygonal; ventral side concave, four chambers in last whorl, narrow,
broadly curved and undulating; sutures on dorsal side slightly curved,
Page 138
faintly to strongly beaded and raised, ventrally depressed, radial and
straight; with two well-developed keels, heavily beaded, ventral keel
tends to fade out toward last chamber; aperture indistinct, covered by
calcareous filling, supposedly interiomarginal, umbilical, Diameter,
0.757 0.62, thickness, ca. 0.43 mm.
124
Remarks. - This subspecies is distinguished by its large, distinctly
spiroconvex test, folded surface, and angular and polygonal outline.
It is recorded mainly from the Maestrichtian and occasionally from the
Campanian of almost every Upper Cretaceous section in the world: south
western France (de Lapparent, 1918); Mendez Shale of Mexico (Cushman,
1926, 1927, 1946; White, 1928; and Hay, 1960); Maestrichtian of the U.S.S.R.
(Morozova, 1939; Keller, 1946; and Subbotina, 1953); Maestrichtian of
Trinidad (Bolli, 1951 and l957a); upper Campanian-Maestrichtian of north
eastern Colombia (Gandolfi, 1955); lower-upper Maestrichtian boundary at
Leon, Belgium (Hofker, 1956a); lower and upper Maestrichtian of New
Jersey (Olsson, 1960); type Maestrichtian of Holland (Hofker, l960c,
and 1962); and basal part of the middle Maestrichtian of Egypt (U.A.R.)
(El-Naggar, 1966, and 1967). In Iraq, this subspecies flooded the
Maestrichtian section of Ain Zalah Well No. 16
GLOBOTRUNCANA CALICIFORMIS
subsp. PATELLIFORMIS Gandolfi
Globotruncana (Globotruncana) contusa patelliformis Gandolfi, 1955,
Bulls. Amer. Paleont., Vol. 36, No. 155, pp. 54-55, Pl. 4,
Fig. 2, - El-Naggar, 1966, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.),
Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 93-95, Pl. 8, Fig. 1. - El-Naggar and Haynes,
1967, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 18, Pt. 1,
pp. 8~10 (synonymy).
Page 139
125
Remarks. - Globotruncana caliciformis subsp. patelliformis Gandolfi
is distinguished from £· caliciformis ~·~· by its more regular, less
plicated, subconical test, and the strongly curved, raised and beaded
ventral sutures. Gandolfi (1955) described this subspecies from the
Colon Shale of northeastern Columbia, with a stratigraphic range of
Campanian to Maestrichtian. El-Naggar (1966) suggested a Maestrichtian
age for the whole formation (Colon Shale) on the basis of planktonic
foraminifera. The subspecies was recorded from the Maestrichtian of
Austria (van Hinte, 1963), Egypt (U.A.R.) (El-Naggar and Haynes, 1967),
and Iraq.
GLOBOTRUNCANA CONICA White
Globotruncana conica White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 4,
Pt. 2, p. 285, Pl. 38, Fig. 7. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 150, Pl. 5, Fig. 16. - El-Naggar,
1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, p. 87-90,
Pl. 12, Fig. 2 (synonymy).
Description. - Test large, broadly conical, dorsal side highly
raised, ventral side flat, equatorial periphery nearly circular, very
slightly lobate, with single keel, axial periphery subangular; six
chambers in last whorl, triangular to semicircular; sutures on dorsal
side raised, beaded, slightly curved in early parts, somewhat straight
later, on ventral side slightly curved, raised and beaded in early part,
depressed later; umbilicus circular, surrounded by slightly raised
ridges, covered by tegilla with remnants still preserved; wall calcareous,
perforate; surface smooth. Diameter, 0.81-0.68 mm; thickness, ca. 0.45 mm.
Page 140
Remarks. - Rare but typical forms of this species were observed
in the Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) of two borings: Ain Zalah
Well No. 16 and No. 17.
126
White (1928) described this species from the Lower to Upper Cre
taceous of the Tampico Embayment of Mexico (Tamaulipas-Mendez Formations).
It was later described by Tilev (1951) from the middle and upper Maestri
chtian of Turkey. It was also reported from the Maestrichtian of northern
Italy (Cita, 1955; Bolli and Cita, l960b). El-Naggar (1966) recognized
this form from the middle Maestrichtian of the Esna-Idfu region in Egypt
(U.A.R.). The specimens from Iraq are larger than those reported from
Egypt (U.A.R. ).
GLOBOTRUNCANA FORNICATA Plummer
Globotruncana fornicata Plummer, 1931, Univ. Tex., Bull. 3101,
p. 198, Pl. 13, Figs. 4-6. - Sandidge, 1932, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 6, p. 285, Pl. 44, Figs. 12-13. - Cushman, 1946, U.S.
Geol, Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 149, Pl. 61, Fig. 19. -
Cita, 1948, Riv. Ital. Pal., Vol. 54, No. 4, p. 153, Fig. 8. -
Graham and Clark, 1961, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 12, Pt. 3, p. 112, Pl. 5, Fig. 1. - Sliter, 1968, Univ.
Kansas Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, p. 103, Pl. 16, Figs. 5-7.
Globotruncana (Globotruncana) fornicata Plummer. Edgell, 1957,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 3, No. 2, p. 112, Pl. 3, Figs. 10-12.
Remarks. - Two specimens recorded from a Maestrichtian sample in
Butmah Well No. 9 (depth range 3840-3845 feet) can be referred to this
form. A few specimens were also encountered in the lower part of Ain
Zalah Well No. 16. The species is distinguished by reniform chambers,
Page 141
outlined by prominent ridges.
GLOBOTRUNCANA GAGNEBINI Tilev
Globotruncana gagnebini Tilev, 1951, Bull. Lab. Geol., Min.,
Geophys., Mus. Geol., Univ. Lausanne, No. 103, p. SO, Pl. 3,
Fig. 2-5, Text-Figs. 14-17. - Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
127
Bull. 215, p. 59, Pl. 14, Figs. 5 a-c. - Olsson, 1964, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 10, No. 2, p. 65, Pl. 4, Fig. 4. - El-Naggar,
1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, p. 111-113,
Pl. 2, Fig. l; Pl. 3, Figs. 1, 3, 6 (synonymy).
Marginotruncana gagnebini (Tilev). Hofker, 1966, Palaeontographica,
Suppl. Band 10, p. 95, Pl. 16, Fig. 77.
Description. - Test trochospiral, planoconvex, dorsal side nearly
flat~ ventral side strongly convex, equatorial periphery lobate, with
distinct, closely-set double keel; axial periphery truncate; chambers
four to five in last whorl; umbilicus large, deep, bordered by limbate
ridge; sutures on dorsal side curved, raised to beaded, on ventral side
radial and slightly depressed; umbilicus wide, deep, with preserved
remnents of tegilla; wall calcareous, perforate, surface smooth on dorsal
side, papillate on early chambers of ventral side; aperture interiomarginal,
umbilical. Diameter, 0.43-0.37 mm; thickness, ca. 0.30 mm.
Remarks. - Typical forms were encountered in the uppermost Shiranish
Formation of Butmah Well No. 9, and in nearly all samples of Maestrichtian
age in Ain Zalah Well No. 16. This species was described by Tilev (1951)
from the Maestrichtian of southeast Turkey. Bolli (1951, and 1957a)
recorded Globotruncana gagnebini (Tilev) from the Maestrichtian of
Trinidad. El-Naggar (1966) reported this form from comparable strati
graphic horizons in Egypt (U.A.R.).
Page 142
GLOBOTRUNCANA STUARTI subsp. STUARTI (de Lapparent)
Rosalina stuarti de Lapparent, 1819, France, Serv. Carte Geol.,
Mem. p. 11, Figs. 4-5.
Globotruncana stuarti (de Lapparent). Renz, 1936, Eclogae Geol.
128
Helv., Vol. 29, No. l, p. 19, Pl. 6, Figs. 35-41. -Bolli,
1951, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 25, p. 196, Pl. 34, Figs. 10-12
(synonymy). - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2,
No. 2, p. 151, Pl. 5, Fig. 22.
Globotruncana area (Cushman)(in part). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 150, Pl. 62, Figs. 5 a-c (not
Fig. 4).
Globotruncana stuarti stuarti (de Lapparent). Gandolfi, 1955,
Bulls. Amer. Pal., Vol. 36, No. 155, pp. 64-65, Pl. 5,
Fig. 6. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines
and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 56, Pl. 11, Figs.
9-10. - El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull.,
Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 133-136, Pl. 8, Fig. 4; Pl. 9, Fig. 1.
Description. - Test medium size, biconvex, slightly convex ventrally,
strongly convex dorsally, chambers six to seven in last whorl, increasing
slightly in size as added, with single keel; umbilicus circular, wide,
surrounded by lips; ventral sutures slightly depressed, dorsal sutures
raised, beaded, strongly bent on periphery; aperture obscure due to
calcareous filling in umbilicus. Diameter, ca. 0.62 mrn; thickness,
ca. 0.31 rnrn.
Remarks. - Globotruncana stuarti ~·~· is characterized by having a
large biconvex test, and nearly circular, nonlobate periphery, with a
single keel. Reliable records of this subspecies indicated a strati-
Page 143
graphic range from Campanian to Maestrichtian. Berggren (1962) states
that G. stuarti s.l. occurs in the upper Maestrichtian.
El-Naggar (1966) recorded four subspecies, £· stuarti stuarti
129
(de Lapparent), £· stuarti parva Gandolfi, G. stuarti stuartiformis
Dalbiez, and G. stuarti subspinosa Pessagno, concluding from his study
that only £· stuarti parva continues to the upper Maestrichtian. Typical
forms of this subspecies were recorded from Ain Zalah wells samples
only, and absent from Butmah Well No. 9.
Genus RUGOGLOBIGERINA Bronnimann, 1952
Bronnimann (1953, pp. 16-17) erected this genus with Globigerina
rugosa Plummer, 1926 (1927), as type species, with two subgenera,
Rugoglobigerina and Plummerella (not three as indicated by Bolli,
Loeblich and Tappan, 1957, p. 43). The subgenus Plummerella was changed
to Plummerita, as Plummerella is a homonym. As indicated previously by
the writer under the genus Globigerina, Hofker objects to the identity
of Rugoglobigerina. Most foraminiferologists have recently followed
Bronnimann (for example Bolli, et al., 1957; Banner and Blow, 1960;
Olsson, 1960; Reyment, 1960; Berggren, 1962; Skinner, 1962; Kavary and
Frizzell, 1963; Loeblich and Tappan, 1964; Douglas and Sliter, 1966;
El-Naggar, 1966; Pessagno~ 1967; Barr, 1968; Douglas, 1969). The writer
in the present investigation is following those authors and not Hofker.
RUGOGLOBIGERINA RUGOSA (Plummer)
Globigerina rugosa Plummer, 1926 (1927), Univ. Tex., Bull. 2644,
p. 38, Pl. 2, Figs. 10 a-b.
Rugoglobigerina rugosa rugosa (Plummer). Bronnimann, 1952, Bulls.
Amer. Paleontology, Vol. 34, No. 140, p. 28, Text-Figs. 11-13. -
Page 144
130
Hamilton, 1953, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 27, p. 227, Pl. 30,
Figs. 1-2. -Olsson, 1960, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 34, No. 1,
p. 50, Pl. 10, Figs. 16-18.
Rugoglobigerina rugosa (Plummer). Bolli, Loeblich, and Tappan,
1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 43, Pl. 11, Figs. 2 a-c. -
Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met.,
Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 49, Pl. 19, Figs. 14-15. -
El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol., Suppl. 2,
p. 149 (synonymy).
Globigerina (Rugoglobigerina) rugosa Plummer. Perlmutter and Todd,
1965, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 483-I, p. Il8, Pl. 5,
Figs. 4 a-c.
Description. - Test large, low trachospiral, ventral side more convex
than dorsal side; chambers four to five in last whorl, increasing grad
ually in size as added, truncate toward aperture; axial periphery globular,
equatorial periphery lobate, last chamber usually displaced toward aperture;
umbilicus mostly open or partially covered by remnants of broken tegilla;
surface covered by coarse rugosities; sutures distinct, depressed, curved
dorsally, radiate on ventral side; aperture interiomarginal.
Remarks. - This species was originally described from the Maestrich
tian upper Navarro Formation of Texas. It was recorded also from formations
of Maestrichtian age in Trinidad (Bronnimann, 1952), New Jersey (Olsson,
1960 and 1964), Iran (Kavary and Frizzell, 1963), and Egypt (U.A.R.)
(El-Naggar, 1966).
Page 145
Family GLOBOROTALIIDAE Cushman, 1927
Subfamily GLOBOROTALIINAE Cushman, 1927
Genus GLOBOROTALIA Cushman, 1927
GLOBOROTALIA AEQUA Cushman and Renz
Globorotalia crassata var. aequa Cushman and Renz, 1942, Cushman
Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 18, p. 12, Pl. 3, Figs. 3 a-c.
Globorotalia lacerti Cushman and Renz, 1946, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Spec. Publ. 18, p. 47, Pl. 8, Figs. 11-12.
Globorotalia aequa Cushman and Renz. Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, pp. 74-75, Pl. 17, Figs. 1-3; Pl. 18, Figs. 13-15.
131
Remarks. -This species is related to Globorotalia angulata (White),
from which it is distinguished by the large final chamber that forms
about one-half of the test, and the highly spinose surface. Bolli (1957b)
indicated that it ranges from the ~· pseudomenardii Zone to G. rex Zone.
In Iraq the first appearance of this species was earlier than in Trinidad,
B.W.I.
GLOBOROTALIA ANGULATA (White) subsp. ABUNDOCAMERATA Bolli
Globorotalia angulata abundocamerata Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, p. 74, Pl. 17, Figs. 4-6. - El-Naggar, 1966, Brit.
Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 194-197, Pl. 22,
Figs. 2 a-c.
Remarks. - A very few specimens are referred to this form. This
subspecies is closely related to Globorotalia angulata (White) ~-~·, from
which it is distinguished by having six to seven chambers in the last
whorl, with the inner whorl occasionally slightly raised.
It was recorded in Iraq in a higher stratigraphic level than the first
Page 146
132
appearance of Globorotalia angulata angulata, in agreement with its
stratigraphic range in the lower Lizard Springs Formation of Trinidad,
B.W.I. (Bolli, 1957b, p. 74), and in the Esna-Idfu region of Egypt (U.A.R.)
(El-Naggar, 1966, p. 196).
GLOBOROTALIA ANGULATA (White) subsp. ANGULATA (White)
Globigerina angulata White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 2, p. 191,
Pl. 27, Figs. 13 a-c.
Globorotalia angulata (White). Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215,
p. 74, Pl. 17, Figs. 7-9. - Loeblich and Tappan, 1957, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 215, p. 187, Pl. 45, Figs. 7 a-c; Pl. 48, Figs. 2
a-c; Pl. 50, Figs. 4 a-c; Pl. 55, Figs. 2, 6, 7; Pl. 58,
Figs. 2 a~c; Pl. 64, Figs. 5 a-c. -Olsson, 1960, Jour. Pale
ontology, Vol. 34, No. 1, p. 45, Pl. 8, Figs. 14-16. - Said and
Sabry, 1964, Micropaleontology, Vol. 10, No. 3, p. 382, Pl. 1,
Fig. 3.
"Truncorotalia" angulata (White). Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ.
Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 58,
Pl. 11, Figs. 19-23.
Globorotalia angulata angulata (White). El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus.
(Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 197-199, Pl. 22,
Figs. la-c.
Description. - Test low trochospiral, finely spinose, dorsal side
flat to slightly inflated ventral side strongly convex; equatorial
periphery lobate, axial periphery acute; chambers angular, four to five
in last whorl; sutures depressed, strongly curved on dorsal side, radiate
and depressed on ventral side; aperture slit-like in narrow deep umbilicus.
Page 147
133
Remarks. - Globorotalia angulata ~-~· first appeared in the middle
of the Danian in Ain Zalah Well No. 17. Its range in Butmah Well No. 9
is not precise due to possible caving contamination. Berggren (1968,
Fig. 2) has suggested that this species made its appearance at the top
of the Danian s.l.
GLOBOROTALIA COMPRESSA (Plummer)
Globigerian compressa Plummer, 1926 (1927), Univ. Tex., Bull. 2644,
pp. 135-136, Pl. 8, Figs. 11 a-c. - Hamilton, 1953, Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 27, No. 2, p. 22, Pl. 31, Figs. 14-15. -
Troelsen, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 129, Pl. 30,
Figs. 5 a-c. - Hofker, 1960, Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 78-79, Text-Figs. 35 a-c. - Kavary and
Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull. Tech.
Ser., No. 102, pp. 42-43, Pl. 7, Figs. 16-18.
Globorotalia compressa (Plummer). Loeblich and Tappan, 1957,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 188, Pl. 40, Figs. 5 a-c; Pl. 41,
Figs. 5 a-c; Pl. 42, Figs. 5 a-c; Pl. 44, Figs. 9a-l0c. -
El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2,
pp. 203-205, Pl. 17, Figs. la-3c.
Globorotalia (Turborotalia) cornpressa (Plummer). Berggren, 1962,
Acta Univ. Stockholrniensis Stockholm Contr., Geol Vol 9 . ' . '
No. l, pp. 94-96, Pl. 14, Figs. 5 a-c, Text-Figs. 13 (1-6).
Remarks. - This species is distinguished by its compressed biconvex
smooth test, curved and depressed dorsal sutures; its radial depressed
ventral sutures and blunt periphery.
Globorotalia compressa (Plummer) is very similar to G. pseudobulloides
(Plummer), differing in being smaller, more compressed, and with smooth,
Page 148
134
very fine perforated wall, instead of the more coarsely perforated and
pitted wall of~- pseudobulloides (Plummer). It is believed that the
species evolved from the latter species during the uppermost Danian s.s.
time (middle Danian~-~·) (see Berggren, 1968, Fig. 1), and~- ehrenbergi
Bolli is a transition form between ~- compressa (Plummer) and ~· pseudo
menardii Bolli. The general phylogenetic development suggested is:
Globorotalia pseudobulloides (lower Danian s.s.) ~G. compressa (uppermost
Danian s.s.) ~G. ehrenbergi (lower Thanetian) ~G. pseudomenardii (upper
Thanetian to lower Sparnacian). A very few specimens were encountered in
the Danian sections of the Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
It has been recorded from the upper Danian at its type region in Denmark
and southern Sweden (Bronnimann, 1953; Troelsen, 1957; Loeblich and Tappan,
1957a, b; Hofker, 1960g; and Berggren, l960b, 1962).
GLOBOROTALIA PSEUDOBULLOIDES (Plummer)
Globigerina pseudobulloides Plummer, 1926 (1927), Univ. Tex., Bull.
2644, p. 133, Pl. 8, Fig. 9.
Globorotalia pseudobulloides (Plummer). Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, p. 73, Pl. 17, Figs. 19-21. -Olsson, 1960, Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 34, No. 1, p. 46, Pl. 9, Figs. 10-21. -
Said and Sabry, 1964, Micropaleontology, Vol. 10, No. 3, p. 384,
Pl. l, Fig. 16. - El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.),
Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 224-227, Pl. 18, Figs. 3 a-c.
Description. - Test low trochospiral, biconvex, peripheral outline
lobate; chambers compressed, five forming last whorl, increasing rapidly
in size as added; sutures on spiral side slightly curved and depressed,
on umbilical side radial; wall calcareous, perforate; surface smooth.
Page 149
135
Remarks. -A large number of specimens were found in the Danian of
both the Butmah and Ain Zalah wells in Iraq. This species was described
from the Midway Group of Texas by Plummer (1927). It was recorded later
from the type Danian (Bronnimann, 1953; Troelsen, 1957; Hofker, 1960g;
and Berggren, l960b, 1962), and the type Thanetian of England (Haynes,
1955-1956; and El-Naggar, 1966, p. 227).
GLOBOROTALIA PSEUDOMENARDII Bolli
Planulina membranacea Ehrenberg (in part), 1854, Mikrogeologie,
p. 23, Pl. 26, Fig. 43 (not Pl. 25, Fig. 41).
Pulvinulina membranacea (Ehrenberg). Cushman, 1926, Amer. Assoc.
Petrol. Geol., Bull., Vol. 10, p. 608, Pl. 21, Fig. 10.
Globorotalia membranacea (Ehrenberg). White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 2, p. 280, Pl. 38, Figs. l a-c.
Globorotalia pseudomenardii Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215,
p. 77, Pl. 20, Figs. 14-17. - Nakkady, 1959, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 5, pp. 462-463, Pl. 4, Figs. 3 a-c. - Said and Kerdany,
1961, Micropaleontology, Vol. 7, No. 3, p. 329, Pl. 1, Figs.
5 a-c. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and
Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 57, Pl. 11, Figs. 17-18. -
El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2,
pp. 227-229, Pl. 17, Figs. 7a-8c.
Remarks. - This species is distinguished by the weakly biconvex,
compressed, elongate test, the single keel, the curved, depressed dorsal
sutures and radial incised ventral ones, and the apertural lip. It is
closely related to Globorotalia ehrenbergi Bolli, from which it apparently
evolved.
Globorotalia pseudomenardii is a widely distributed Paleocene species.
Page 150
136
A very few were recorded from the basal part of the Landenian section
in Ain Zalah Well No. 17, and it was abundant in the uppermost part of
the same section (depth range 4909-4910 feet). It was described by
Bolli (1957b) from the lower Lizard Springs Formation of Trinidad (Pal
eocene), where it characterized the ~· pseudomenardii Zone. Later
Bolli and Cita (1960a, b) considered the G. pseudomenardii Zone of northern
Italy to be of upper Montian age, and Bandy (1964, p. 5) assigned it to
the upper Montian. Berggren (1965a, d, 1968) showed that this zone has
an identical stratigraphic position in Trinidad, B.W.I., and the Gulf
and Atlantic Coast sections, and he placed it in the middle part of the
Landenian Stage. Said and Sabry (1964, Table 2) previously gave it the
same age in Egypt (U.A.R.) as Berggren (l965a, d).
GLOBOROTALIA QUADRATA (White)
Globigerina quadrata White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 2, p. 195,
Pl. 27, Figs. 18 a-b. - Nakkady, 1959, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 5, No. 4, p. 461, Pl. 3, Figs. 3 a-c.
Globorotalia quadrata (White). Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.
215, p. 73, Pl. 17, Figs. 22-24. - El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus.
(Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 233-234, Pl. 18,
Figs. 4 a-c.
Description. - Test medium size, low trochospiral, dorsal side flat
or slightly depressed, ventral side inflated; equatorial periphery lobate,
quadrate; wall calcareous, perforate, surface smooth except for fine
cancellation on early chambers; chambers inflated, subglobular, four to
five in last whorl increasing rapidly in size as added; sutures distinct
on both sides, depressed and radiate on ventral and dorsal sides, curved
in early part of dorsal side; aperture umbilical, directed toward periphery.
Page 151
137
Remarks~- - This species is distinguished by its quadrangular appearance,
generally small last chamber, and rough surface of early chambers.
Bolli (1957b, p. 73) placed the species within the genus Globorotalia
because of the "interiomarginal, extraumbilical-umbilical position of the
aperture." El-Naggar (1966, p. 233), described the same form of aperture
in his specimens.
Globorotalia quadrata is morphologically closely similar to
G. trinidadensis Bolli, from which it is distinguished by the previously
indicated, distinctive features and by having fewer chambers. It is
believed to have evolved from it.
White (1928) recorded this species from the middle Mendez Formation
to the lower part of the Velasco Formation of Mexico. Nakkady (1959)
identified it from the Maestrichtian-Danian-Montian of the Kharga Oasis
in Egypt (U.A.R.). The range given by Bolli (1957b) is through the
G. uncinata Zone to the G. pseudomenardii Zone.
El-Naggar (1966, p. 234) considered the records of this species
from pre-Tertiary units to be erroneous and a result of confusion with
similar Rugoglobigerina and/or Hedbergella species. He indicated that
it is restricted to the Paleocene section in the Esna-Idfu region in
Egypt (U.A.R.). In Iraq, a very few typical specimens were identified
from the upper part of the Landenian section of Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
GLOBOROTALIA UNCINATA Bolli
Globorotalia uncinata Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus Bull 215 p 74 ., . ' . '
Pl. 17, Figs. 13-15. - Said and Sabry, 1964, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 385-386, Pl. l, Fig. 12.
"Truncorotalia" uncinata (Bolli). Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ.
Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 59,
Page 152
Pl. 12, Figs. 6-12.
Globorotalia uncinata uncinata Bolli. El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus.
(Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 240-242, Pl. 18,
Figs. l a-c; Pl. 19, Figs. 2 a-c.
138
Remarks. - Typical forms of this species were identified from the
Danian of both Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Well No. 17. Its
abundance in large numbers resulted in recognition of the Globorotalia
uncinata Zone in many parts of the world. Berggren (l965a) presented a
detailed discussion of the stratigraphic importance of this biostrati
graphic zone concluding it is characteristic of the type Montian s.s.
of Belgium.
GLOBOROTALIA VELASCOENSIS (Cushman)
Pulvinulina velascoensis Cushman (in part), 1925, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. l, Pt. l, p. 19, Pl. 3, Figs. 5 a-c
(not Figs. 6 a-c).
Globorotalia velascoensis (Cushman). White, 1928, Jour. Paleon
tology, Vol. 2, p. 281, Pl. 38, Figs. 2 a-c. - Hamiltion,
1953, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 27, No. 2, p. 231, Pl. 31,
Figs. 25, 28-29. -LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54,
p. 33, Pl. 3, Figs. l-3. -Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull.
215, pp. 76-77, Pl. 20, Figs. l-4. - Loeblich and Tappan, 1957,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 196, Pl. 64, Figs. la-2c. -Said
and Kerdany, 1961, Micropaleontology, Vol. 7, No. 3, p. 330,
Pl. l, Figs. 10 a-c.
Globorotalia velascoensis velascoensis (Cushman). El-Naggar, 1966,
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 246-249,
Pl. 20, Figs. 3 a-d; Pl. 21, Fig. 3.
Page 153
139
Description. - Test medium size to large, low trochospiral, dorsal
side flat to slightly convex, ventral side strongly convex, equatorial
periphery slightly lobate, nearly circular, with distinct spinose keel;
chambers angular and granular, four to five in last whorl; sutures on
dorsal side curved, may be slightly raised, depressed and radiate on
ventral side; umbilicus narrow, deep.
Remarks. - This species has been considered the marker fossil for the
upper Paleocene (El-Naggar, 1966, pp. 248-249). There is a controversy
surrounding the age of Globorotalia velascoensis Zone. Bolli and Cita
(l960b) placed it in the Thanetian Stage (the stratigraphic range of the
species was Montian-Landenian). Said and Sabry (1964) considered it upper
Landenian. Berggren (1965 a, c, 1968); Barr and Berggren (1965) placed
it in the upper Thanetian-Sparnacian.
In Iraq a few specimens were identified from the lowermost Landenian
and succeeding samples. Its actual distribution and abundance in the
Paleocene samples necessitate the study of samples from sections higher
than the uppermost sample available from Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
Page 154
Family GLOBIGERINIDAE Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862
Subfamily GLOBIGERININAE Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862
Genus GLOBIGERINA D'Orbigny, 1826
140
Recently, the genus Globigerina has been treated differently by
many authors. Some objected to the presence of this genus in rocks of
Upper Cretaceous age, and different generic names were erected to denote
those forms that have close affinity with globigerinids of Tertiary age
(for example, Bolli, Loeblich and Tappan, 1957). Hofker (1959a) consi
dered the genera Globi~erinella, Biglobigerinella, Hastigerinella, and
Globigerinoides, among others, as true Globigerina, and Rugoglobigerina
as merely somewhat developed Globigerina cretacea. His main conclusion
is that"· .. there exists only a single genus of planktonic globigerine
species: Globigerina." Perlmutter and Todd (1065, p. I 18), took
an intermediate stand between these two extreme positions, giving
Rugoglobigerina and Biglobigerinella a subgeneric taxonomic level within
the genus Globiaerina.
As a result of this controversy on the taxonomic status, the stra
tigraphic range of the genus Globigerina also has been disputed. El-Naggar
(1966) considered all records of "globigerinids" from pre-Paleocene sections
as a result of misidentification and confusion with other taxa, such as
Rugoglobigerina and Hedbergella. On his study of the Cretaceous planktonic
foraminifera, Bandy (1967, p. 6) indicated that many European and Russian
authors have reported globigerines and globorotaliids from Triassic and
Jurassic rocks, those forms are very similar to the Tertiary and the
Recent specimens. Although no study has been conducted to establish thei~
actual sturctural or phylogenetic relationships with those of the post
Mesozoic, Bandy (1967) concluded it is a " ••• case of isomorphism due to
convergence."
Page 155
141
In Iraq, geologists have used the descriptive term globigerinal
sediments and globigerinal limestones for rocks of Upper Cretaceous age
(0wen and Nasr, 1958, p. 1257, Fig. 2; van Bellen et al., 1959, p. 269).
The writer recorded floods of typical globigerinids and keeled
globorotaliids from the Shiranish Formation in Butmah Well No. 9, but
this finding is attributed to possible "caving" contamination. This
explanation is sustained by the fact that the same formation (Shiranish
Formation) in the Ain Zalah wells were nearly devoid of any globigerinid
forms, like the ones encountered in Butmah Well No. 9. A further study
is obviously needed, from other pre-Paleocene sections in Iraq, in order
to establish the actual stratigraphic range of the members of this genus.
Perlmutter and Todd ( 1965, p. Il8) stated that "As a result of there
being no biologic criterion as to what constitutes a genus, the classi
fication of species into taxonomic units (genera) becomes a matter of
opinion."
The genera Globigerina, Rugoglobigerina etc. are treated provisionally
in this report as separate taxonomic units, pending further investigation.
GLOBIGERINA DAUBJERGENSIS Bronnimann
Globigerina daubjergensis Bronnimann, 1953, Eclog. Geol. Helvetiae,
Vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 340-341, Fig. l. -Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 215, p. 70, Pl. 16, Figs. 13-15.- Troelsen, 1957,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 128, Pl. 40, Figs. l-2. -
El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2,
pp. 161-165, Pl. 15, Figs. 3 a-c.
Globigerinoides daubjergensis (Bronnimann). Loeblich and Tappan,
1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 184-185, Pl. 40, Figs.
1 a-c, 8 a-c; Pl. 41, Figs. 9 a-c; Pl. 42, Figs. 6 a-c; Pl. 43,
Page 156
142
Figs. 1 a-c; Pl. 44, Figs. 7-8c. - Olsson, 1960, Jour. Paleon
tology, Vol. 34, No. l, p. 43, Pl. 8, Figs. 4-6.
Remarks. - Globigerina daubjergensis is characterized by a low
trochoid test, finely spinose surface and a semicircular aperture that
opens into a shallow and small umbilicus. Although the species is con
sidered an index fossil for most Danian sections in the world, it was
very sparesly present in materials from the Aaliji Formation (Danian
Landenian) in Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Well No. 17. Two forms
have been recorded by micropaleontologists, some with accessory openings,
others without. Bronnimann, in a personal communication with El-Naggar
(1966, p. 163), indicated that the type of Globigerina daubjergensis
does not have additional apertures.
The stratigraphic range of this species is disputed, the majority
of micropaleontologists considering it to be a typical Danian fossil.
Hofker (l956a, l959a) has pointed out that it crossed the Danian-Landenian
boundary. Its rare occurrence in materials from the Danian of Iraq is
inconsistent with the distribution in Poland (Pozaryska, 1965).
GLOBIGERINA PARVA Bolli
Globigerina parva Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 108,
Pl. 22, Figs. 14 a-c; p. 164, Pl. 36, Figs. 8 a-c. - Kavary
and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull.,
Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 44, Pl. 8, Figs. 6-7.
Remarks. - This species is distinguished by higher dorsal side;
periphery distinctly lobate; and four chambers in last whorl. The form
is considered a typical species for the upper Eocene and basal Oligocene
of Trinidad. Kavary and Frizzell recorded it from the Paleocene of Iran,
in Iraq it is also recorded from Paleocene material.
Page 157
143
GLOBIGERINA SOLDADOENSIS Bronnimann
Globigerina soldadoensis Bronnimann~ 1952~ Bulls. Amer. Paleontology,
Vol. 34, No. 143~ pp. 9-11, Pl. 1, Figs. 1-9. - Bolli, 1957,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215~ p. 71, Pl. 16~ Figs. 7-12.
Description. - Test low trochospiral, subquadrate, dorsal side flat
to slightly elevated~ ventral side convex; chambers five in last whorl~
almost perpendicular to each other; sutures distinct, curved, depressed
on dorsal side, depressed and straight on ventral side; wall calcareous,
finely perforate, surface covered by small papillae; umbilicus small, deep.
Remarks. - This species is closely related to Globigerina primitiva
Finlay, from which it is distinguished by its larger size and greater
number of chambers in the last whorl. Its range is similar to those
reported from Trinidad, B.W.I. (Bolli, 1957b) and Egypt (U.A.R.) (El
Naggar, 1966).
GLOBIGERINA TRILOCULINOIDES "subsp. PARVA El-Naggar"
Globigerina triloculinoides parva El-Naggar~ 1966~ Brit. Mus. (Nat.
Hist.)~ Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 182-183, Pl. 15~ Figs. 4 a-c.
Remarks. - Although this subspecies is a junior homonym, it is not
renamed here. Recorded in materials from Iraq from the Landenian of
Butmah Well No. 9.
GLOBIGERINA TRILOCULINOIDES Plummer subsp. TRILOCULINOIDES Plummer
Globigerina triloculinoides Plummer, 1926 (1927), Univ. Tex.~ Bull.
2644, p. 134, Pl. 8~ Figs. 10 a-b. - Bronnimann~ 1952, Bulls.
Amer. Pal., Vol. 34, No. 143, p. 24, Pl. 3~ Figs. 13-18. - Bolli,
1957, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, p. 129, Pl. 30, Fig. 4. -
Page 158
144
Said, 1960, Micropaleontology, Vol. 6, No. 3, p. 282, Pl. 1,
Fig. 15. - Olsson, 1960, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 24, p. 43,
Pl. 7, Figs. 22-24. -Berggren, 1962, Acta Univ. Stockholmiensis,
Stockholm Contr., Geology, Vol. 9, No. l, pp. 86-88, Pl. 14,
Figs. la-2b. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School
Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, pp. 45-46, Pl. 8,
Figs. 15-17. - El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull.,
Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 178-181, Pl. 15, Figs. 17 a-c (synonymy).
Globigerina pseudotriloba White. Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 157, Pl. 7, Figs. 25 a-b.
Description. - Test small; chambers subglobular, rapidly enlarging
in a low trochospiral arrangement; ventral side with tripartite arrange
ment of chambers, last chamber inflated and forming almost half of test;
wall calcareous, surface pitted to reticulate; aperture interiomarginal,
umbilical, with distinct lip.
Remarks. - This species is characterized by the tripartite arrangement
of chambers on the ventral side, the pitted or reticulate surface, and the
distinct apertural lip. Globigerina triloculinoides s.s. is considered
by many authors to be a typical Paleocene index fossil. It was first
described by Plummer (1927) from the basal part of the upper Midway Group
in Texas (upper Danian according to Loeblich and Tappan, l957a). Troelsen
(1957) and Berggren (l960b, 1962) recorded rare forms from the lower middle
Danian in Denmark and in southern Scandinavia, indicating its absence from
the lower Danian and common occurrence in the upper Danian.
Some investigators recorded this species or its synonyms from pre
Paleocene rocks (Nakkady, 1959; Hofker, l960g, i; Said and Kerdany,
1961). El-Naggar (1966) considered these records a result of misindenti-
Page 159
145
fication and confusing the species with the Rugoglobigerina macrocephala
group. In Iraq, it was encountered in all post-Maestrichtian samples.
GLOBIGERINA VELASCOENSIS Cushman
Globigerina velascoensis Cushman (in part), 1925, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res. Contr., Vol. 1, Pt. 1, p. 19~ Pl. 3, Figs. 6 a-c (not
Figs. 5 a-c). -White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 3,
p. 196, Pl. 28, Figs. 2 a-b. -Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, p. 71, Pl. 15, Figs. 9-11. - Kavary and Frizzell,
1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No.
102, p. 46, Pl. 8, Figs. 20-23. - El-Naggar, 1966, Brit. Mus.
(Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 183-185, Pl. 16,
Figs. 3 a-d.
Description. - Test medium size, low trochospiral, dorsal side
nearly flat, umbilical side convex; chambers inflated, three to four in
last whorl, increasing rapidly in size, slightly compressed laterally,
with nearly parallel sides, inner margin of last chamber straight; wall
calcareous, surface very finely reticulate; sutures on spiral side slightly
oblique, depressed on umbilical side and straight, depressed; aperture a
low arch in umbilicus.
Remarks. - This species is characterized by having chambers of the
last whorl slightly compressed laterally, and by the straight inner
margin of the last chamber. Cushman (1925a) described it from the Vel
asco Formation of Mexico (then considered to be of Upper Cretaceous age,
now of Paleocene). Bolli (1957b) recorded Globigerina velascoensis
throughout the Q· pseudomenardii-~. velascoensis Zones of the lower
Lizard Springs Formation. Its distribution in samples from Iraq showed
Page 160
146
rare occurrence in the middle of the Landenian section and greater abundance
at the top.
Genus GLOBIGERINOIDES Cushman, 1927
GLOBIGERINOIDES TRILOBA (Reuss)
subsp. IMMATURUS LeRoy
Globigerinoides sacculiferus (Brady) var. immatura LeRoy, 1939,
Natuurk, Tijdschr. Nederl. - Indie, Vol. 99, Pt. 6, p. 263,
Figs. 19-21; 1941, Colorado Sch~ Mines Quart., Vol. 36, No. 1,
p. 44, Pl. l, Figs. 37-39; p. 87, Pl. 7, Figs. 16-18.
Globigerinoides triloba immatura LeRoy. Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 215, p. 113, Pl. 25, Figs. 3a-4c, Text-Fig. 21, Nos.
2 a-b. - Blow, 1959, Bulls. Amer. Pal., Vol. 39, No. 178, p. 188,
Pl. 11, Figs. 62 a-b.
Remarks. - A number of specimens are considered to be allied to
this species and were identified from the Landenian of Butmah Well No. 9.
It is characterized by the supplementary apertures, large terminal chamber,
finely pitted wall, and distinctly incised sutures.
GLOBIGERINOIDES sp. aff. G. TRILOBA (Reuss)
? Globigerina sacculifera Brady, 1877, Geol. Mag., (N.S., Decade 2),
Vol. 4, No. 12, p. 535; 1884, Challenger Exped., Rept., Zool.,
Vol. 9, Pl. 90, Figs. 15-16.
Globigerinoides sacculifera (Brady). Coryell and Rivero, 1949,
Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 14, p. 340, Pl. 42, Figs. 24, 25, 32.
Globigerinoides triloba sacculifera (Brady). Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull.215, p. 113, Pl. 11, Figs. 63 a-b.
Page 161
147
Remarks. - This subspecies differs from the preceding, as the final
chamber is slightly smaller and has a tendency toward elongation. A very
few specimens are recorded from Landenian samples of Butmah Well No. 9.
GLOBIGERINOIDES TRILOBA (Reuss)
subsp. TRILOBA (Reuss)
Globigerina triloba Reuss, 1850, K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. -
Nat. Cl., Denkschr., Bd. l, p. 374, Pl. 47, Figs. ll a-d.
Globigerinoides triloba triloba (Reuss). Bolli, 1957, U.S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 112-113, Pl. 25, Figs. 2 a-c. -Blow,
1959, Bulls. Amer. Pal., Vol. 39, No. 178, p. 187, Pl. 11,
Figs. 6 a-b.
Globigerinoides sp. cf. G. triloba (Reuss) subsp. triloba (Reuss).
Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met.,
Bull. Tech. Ser., No. 102, pp. 47-48, Pl. 9, Figs. 3-5.
Remarks. - A few specimens occur in upper Paleocene samples of
Butmah Well No. 9, comparable to those deposited by Kavary (University of
Missouri - Columbia F-73-14) and identical to the hypotype (USNM PS629)
deposited by Bolli. This form is distinguished from Globigerinoides
triloba immatura LeRoy by having a more inflated final chamber, the primary
aperture being more elongate and narrower.
Page 162
Superfamily ORBITOIDACEA Schwager, 1876
Family CIBICIDIDAE Cushman~ 1927
Subfamily CIBICIDINAE Cushman, 1927
Genus CIBICIDES MONTFORT, 1808
CIBICIDES BERRYI Cushman
148
Truncatulina coonensis W. Berry, in Berry and Kelly, 1929, U.S. Nat.
Mus. Proc., Vol. 76, Art. 19 (No. 2817), p. 12, Pl. 3~ Figs.
1-3 (not Anomalina coonensis W. Berry).
Cibicides coonensis (W. Berry). Cushman~ 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 160, Pl. 65, Fig. 15. -Perlmutter and
Todd, 1965, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 483-I, p. I20,
Pl. 4, Fig. 1.
Cibicides sp. cf. £· berryi Cushman. Kavary and Frizzell, 1963~
Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102,
p. 39, Pl. 6, Figs. 18-19.
Description. - Test planoconvex, dorsal side flat, ventral side
convex; peripheral margin subcarinate, slightly lobulate; chambers dis
tinct, numerous, eight to nine in last coil; sutures clear, depressed,
slightly curved; wall coarsely perforate; aperture small arched shape at
base of last chamber. Diameter, ca. 0.82 mm; thickness, ca. 0.37 mm.
Remarks. - The nomenclatural history of "Truncatulina" coonensis
and "Anomalina" coonensis was summarized by Frizzell (1954, p. 133).
They are distinct species of Cibicides and are confusing only in the
names that have been applied to them. Three forms are reported from the
chalky limestone of Butmah Well No. 9. The species was described from
the Ripley Formation of Coon Creek, Tennessee. Kavary (in Kavary and
Frizzell, 1963) reported some specimens from the Maestrichtian of Iran.
Page 163
CIBICIDES BEAUMONTIANUS (d'Orbigny)
Truncatu1ina beaumontiana d'Orbigny, 1840, Soc. Geo1. France,
Mem., lst Ser., Vol. 4, p. 35, Pl. 3, Figs. 17-l9.
Cibicides beaumontianus (d'Orbigny). Brotzen, 1936, Sver. Geol.
149
Unders. ser. C, No. 396, p. 188. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 160, Pl. 65, Figs. 12 a-c. -
Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest.,
No. 22, p. l32, Pl. 21, Figs. 19 a-c (synonymy).
Cibicides sp. cf. ~· beaumontianus (d'Orbigny). Said and Kenawy,
l956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2,,p. 154, Pl. 7, Figs.
5 a-c. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and
Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 39, Pl. 6, Figs. 12-14.
Falsocibicides beaumontianus (d'Orbigny). Sliter, l968, Univ.
Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 109,
Pl. 19, Fig. 5.
Description. - Test large, planoconvex to concave-convex, dorsal
side flattened or slightly concave, evolute; ventral side strongly convex,
involute, periphery acute to rounded, slightly lobulate; chambers distinct,
seven to eight in last whorl, rather inflated; increasing rapidly in size
as added; sutures distinct, slightly limbate on early portion of dorsal
side, depressed on later portion, ventrally radiate and depressed; wall
smooth coarsely perforate; aperture an interiomarginal arch, extending
onto spiral side. Diameter 1.08-1.54 mm; thickness, ca. 0.75 mm.
Remarks. - The forms described from Egypt (U.A.R. ), and Iran
lack limbate sutures of the early portion of the dorsal side. A few
specimens occurring sporadically in the Cretaceous, Danian, and Landenian
of Iraq are identical to those from the Gulf Coast region of the U.S.A.,
with clear limbate sutures.
Page 164
Superfamily CASSIDULINACEA d'Orbigny, 1839
Family LOXOSTOMIDAE Loeblich and Tappan, 1962
Genus LOXOSTOMUM Ehrenberg, 1854
LOXOSTOMUM APPLINAE (Plummer)
150
Bolivina applini Plummer, 1926 (1927), Univ. Tex. Bull. 2144, p. 69,
Pl. 4 , Fig. l.
Loxostomum applinae (Plummer). Nuttall, 1930, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 4, p. 285, Pl. 25, Figs. 4-5. - Cushman, 1937, Cushman,
Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. No. 9, p. 173, Pl. 20, Fig. 20. -
Brotzen, 1948, Sveriges Geol. Undersonking, 435. - LeRoy, 1953,
Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 37, Pl. 8, Fig. l. - Pozaryska,
1963, Paleontologia Polonica, No. 14, pp. 96-97, Pl. 15, Fig. 6.
Description. - Test long, somewhat compressed, with nearly parallel
sides, periphery broadly rounded; chambers biserial, increasing gradually
in size in early part, later of gomewhat equal size, test smooth except
for early costate chambers; sutures faint in early parts, distinct and
crenulated later; aperture elongate, loop-shaped, extending from apex
to inner margin of last chamber. Length, ca. 1.06 mm; breadth, ca 0.38 mm.
Remarks. - The costae, parallel sides, and crenulations along the
sutures are characteristic features of this species. Loxostomum applinae
(Plummer) shows close affinity to ~· clavatum (Cushman) and to L. cushmani
Wickenden. This species is characteristic for the Paleocene of America
as well as of Europe. Pozaryska (1965) reported rare occurrence in the
Montian of Poland. Two specimens were identified from the Landenian of
Ain Zalah Well No. 17. The species from Iraq have very distinct and
better developed costae than in the typical form from the United States.
Nakkady (1950, p. 687) referred this form to L. applinae (Plummer) var.
Page 165
151
aegyptiaca Nakkady. Plummer's (1927) early description read " .•. chambers
smooth except for distinct striae extending from the initial extremity
upward •.. " Therefore,specimens recorded by Brotzen (1948), Nakkady
(1950, 1959), LeRoy (1953), and in this study are considered typical
~- applinae (Plummer). Smooth, striated and costate specimens were
identified from comparable stratigraphic levels. The writer suggests
that these morphological features should be treated as intraspecific
variations.
LOXOSTOMUM CUSHMANI Wickenden
Loxostomum cushmani Wickenden, 1932, Roy. Soc. Canada, Trans.,
3rd Ser., Vol. 26, Sec. 4, p. 91, Pl. 1, Figs. 6 a-b. -
Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 129,
Pl. 53, Figs. 24-31.
Description. - Test elongate, slightly tapering, periphery broadly
rounded; chambers distinct, slightly inflated and overlapping; sutures
distinct, flush in early portion, strongly depressed in later stage;
wall smooth except for slight longitudinal costae in early portion;
aperture rounded, at terminal end of last chamber. Length, ca. 1.00 mm;
breadth, ca. 0.38 mm.
Remarks. - Different forms of this species were recorded from the
Landenian samples of both Butmah Well No. 9 and Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
This species is closely related to Loxostomum clavatum Cushman. Cushman
(1937, p. 171) stated that "The distinction between the two at some
localities is more or less bridged over by intermediate forms." Some
specimens from Iraq were included in this species although they could
be L. clavatum Cushman (1932, p. 340, Pl. 51, Fig. 8; Frizzell, 1954,
p. 118, Pl. 17, Figs. 32-34).
Page 166
152
LOXOSTOMUM GEMMA (Cushman)
Bolivina gemma Cushman, 1927, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 2, Pt. 4, p. 87, Pl. 12, Fig. 3.
Loxostoma gemmum (Cushman). Cushman, 1937, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Spec. Publ. No. 9, p. 172, Pl. 20, Figs. 14-16; 1946,
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 129-230, Pl. 54,
Figs. l-3.
Loxostomum gemma (Cushman). Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau
Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 118, Pl. 17, Fig. 35.
Bolivina (Loxostomum) gemma Cushman. Perlmutter and Todd, 1965,
u.s. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 483-I, p. 116, Pl. 6, Fig. 11.
DescriEtion. -Test elongate, early portion slightly twisted;
chambers distinct, biserial throughout, increasing regularly in size;
sutures depressed near periphery, raised in median line; test finely
striated in early portion; aperture elongate, oval, terminal to inner
side of last chamber. Length, ca. 1.6 mm; breadth, ca. 0.43 mm.
Remarks. - The species is characterized by the twisted test, with
zigzag thickening of clear shell material along the median line and faint
striations, It is a good marker fossil for the Navarro age of the Gulf
Coast in the United States. Perlmutter and Todd (1965) reported this
species from the Upper Cretaceous samples of Long Island wells. It is
fairly common only in the Maestrichtian samples of Ain Zalah wells.
LOXOSTOMUM LIMONENSE (Cushman)
Bolivina incrassata Reuss var. limonensis Cushman, 1926, Cushman
Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 2, Pt. 1, p. 19, Pl. 2, Fig. 2.
Loxostoma limonense (Cushman). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 131, Pl. 54, Fig. 17. - Cushman and Renz,
Page 167
1946, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. No. 18, p. 39,
Pl. 6, Fig. 23. - Said and Kenawy, 1954, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 144, Pl. 4, Fig. 21.
Loxostomum limonense (Cushman). Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ.
153
Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 28,
Pl. 3, Fig. 27.
Description. - Test elongate, slender, tapering, compressed,
periphery rounded; chambers numerous, somewhat overlapping, increasing
rather uniformly in size as added; sutures distinct, rather depressed,
somewhat strongly curved; wall smooth, finely perforate; aperture terminal,
long, narrow. :Length, ca. 0.84 mm; breadth, ca. 0.24 nun.
Remarks. - A few specimens were recorded, mainly from post-Cretaceous
samples, except for one specimen from the uppermost Maestrichtian of
the Butmah section. This species originally was recorded from the
Velasco Shale of Mexico. The range of this form in Iraq is similar to
that in Egypt (U.A.R.) and Iran.
LOXOSTOMUM WILCOXENSE Cushman and Ponton
Loxostomum wilcoxensis Cushman and Ponton, 1932, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 8, Pt. 3, No. 122, p. 67, Pl. 9, Fig. 3.
Description. - Test elongate slender, sides nearly parallel; chambers
distinct, biserial, ten or more pairs in adult, slightly inflated, increasing
very gradually in size; sutures very distinct, strongly depressed, straight
in early parts, inclined later; aperture terminal, elliptical. Length,
ca. 1.3 mm; breadth, ca. 0.36 mm.
Remarks. - This species was reported by Cushman and Ponton (1932) from
beds of Wilcox age (Eocene) in Alabama. Specimens from the Landenian
Page 168
154
section in Iraq were identical to those reported from the United States,
but slightly larger.
Page 169
155
Family NONIONIDAE Schultze, 1854
Subfamily CHILOSTOMELLINAE Brady, 1881
Genus CHILOSTOMELLA Reuss in Czjzek, 1849
CHILOSTOMELLA TRINITATENSIS Cushman and Todd
Chilostomella cf. ovoidea Reuss. Cushman and Renz, 1946, Cushman
Lab. Foram. Res., Spec. Publ., No. 18, p. 47, Pl. 8, Fig. 8.
Chilostomella trinitatensis Cushman and Todd, 1949, Cushman Lab.
Foram Res., Contr., Vol. 25, Pt. 4, p. 85, Pl. 15, Fig. 2. -
Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa,
Art. 7, pp. 112-113, Pl. 20, Fig. 3.
Description. - Test free, large, elongate, nearly cylindrical, two
chambers in a whorl, last one makes up about two-thirds of entire test;
sutures indistinct, flush; aperture large, semicircular, at base of
last chamber, without lip. Length, 0.75-0.93 mm; diameter, 0.37-0.50 mm.
Remarks. - A few specimens identical to the holotype, from the
Paleocene of Trinidad, B.W.I., were identified from all the Maestrichtian
samples of Ain Zalah Well No. 17 and from the bottom sample of Ain Zalah
Well No. 16.
Genus ALLOMORPHINA Reuss in Czjzek, 1849
ALLOMORPHINA ESNEHENSIS (Nakkady)
Valvulineria esnehensis Nakkady, 1950, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 24,
p. 689, Pl. 90, Figs. 11-13. -LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Mem. 54, p. 53, Pl. 7, Figs. 29-30. -Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 147, Pl. 4, Figs. 41 a-b.
Description. -Test free, trochospiral, unequally biconvex, ventral
side more convex; chambers visible on dorsal side, three to four distinct
on ventral side; sutures somewhat .distinct, slightly if at all depressed;
Page 170
aperture at inner margin of highly inflated last chamber, some with
distinct triangular apertural flap.
156
Remarks. - Allomorphina esnehensis is very similar to A. halli
Jennings, differing in number of chambers in the last whorl and extension
of the apertural lip. The stratigraphic range of this species in Egypt
(U.A.R.) is Maestrichtian-lower Eocene. In Iraq it was identified from
the Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) of the three boreholes, and the
Aaliji Formation (Danian-Landenian) of Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
ALLOMORPHINA HALLI Jennings
Allomorphina halli Jennings, 1936, Bulls. Amer. Pal., Vol. 23,
No. 78, p. 34, Pl. 4, Fig. 5. - Brotzen, 1948, Sver. Geol.
Unders., Arsb. 42, No. 2, Ser. 3., No. 293, p. 127, Figs. 39-
41, Pl. 19, Fig. 4. - Hofker, 1957, Geol. Jahrb., Beihefte,
No. 27, p. 200, Fig. 247. - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 113, Pl. 20, Fig. 8.
Remarks. - Sliter (1968, p. 113) presented detailed characteristic
features and morphological differences between this species and Allo
morphina cretacea Reuss and A. minuta Cushman. Brotzen (1948) recorded
A. halli from the Paleocene of Sweden, Hofker (1957d) from the Maestrich
tian of Holland, and Sliter (1968, p. 112) from the Campanian-Maestrich
tian of California and Mexico. A few specimens, identical in morpho
logical characters to those reported by Sliter, were encountered in the
Maestrichtian and Paleocene subsurface sections of the Ain Zalah wells.
ALLOMORPHINA PALEOCENICA Cushman
Allomorphina paleocenica Cushman, 1948, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 24, Pt. 2, p. 45, Pl. 3, Figs. 10 a-b.
Page 171
157
Allomorphina cf. A. paleocenica Cushman. Perlmutter and Todd, 1965,
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 483-I, p. Il7, Pl. 3, Figs. 14-15.
Remarks. - A single specimen, with its distinctive triangular test
and relatively small two penultimate chambers, was identified from the
highest sample of Ain Zalah Well No. 17 (Landenian).
Page 172
Subfamily NONIONINAE Schultze, 1854
Genus PULLENIA Parker and Jones, 1862
PULLENIA AMERICANA Cushman
158
? Pullenia quinqueloba Cushman and Church, 1929, Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Proc., Ser. 4, Vol. 18, p. 517, Pl. 41, Figs. 10-11 (not
Nonionina quinqueloba Reuss).
Pullenia americana Cushman, 1936, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 12, Pt. 4, p. 76, Pl. 13, Figs. 4-5; 1946, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 146, Pl. 60, Figs. 13-14. - Frizzell,
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22,
p. 126, Pl. 19, Figs. 21 a-b. - Olsson, 1960, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 36, No. 1, p. 42, Pl. 7, Figs. 17-18. - Kavary and Frizzell,
1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser.,
No. 102, p. 60, Figs. 21-22.
Description. - Test planispiral, completely involute, strongly
compressed, periphery subacute; chambers distinct, five in last whorl,
increasing very slightly in size as added; aperture at base of septal
face, slightly raised in central portion.
Remarks. - This species differs from Pullenia coryelli White by
having a more compressed test, higher apertural face, and wider aperture
in the central portion. Single specimens were encountered sporadically
ln the Maestrichtian and Paleocene samples. Previously it has been iden
tified from the Taylor through the Navarro (Cushman, 1946; Frizzell, 1954;
Skinner, 1962). Olsson (1960) and Kavary and Frizzell (1963) reported
this species from Upper Cretaceous sections. The present investigation
indicates that the stratigraphic range should be extended into the
Paleocene.
Page 173
PULLENIA CRETACEA Cushman
Pullenia quaternaria_(Reuss). Cushman, 1931, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 5, p. 313, Pl. 36, Figs. 4 a-b (not of Reuss).
159
Pullenia cretacea Cushman, 1936, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 12, p. 75, Pl. 13, Figs. 8 a-b. - Cushman and Hedberg,
1941, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 17, p. 98, Pl. 23,
Figs. 17 a-b. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper
206, pp. 146-147, Pl. 60, Fig. 9 (synonymy). -Sliter, 1968,
Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7,
p. 115, Pl. 21, Fig. 2.
Description. - Test subglobular, somewhat compressed, very slightly
umbilicate; chambers distinct, five in adult whorl, increasing gradually
in size as added; sutures distinct, depressed, very slightly curved;
aperture elongate, narrow, at base of septal face, extending from one
umbilicus to the other.
Remarks. - Pullenia cretacea Cushman may be distinguished from
Pullenia americana Cushman by its much broader form in front view and
broadly rounded periphery. A very few specimens were identified from
the lower part of the Maestrichtian section in Ain Zalah Well No. 17 and
the Danian of Butmah Well No. 9. Sliter (1968) pointed out its occur
rence in the Taylor and Navarro Groups of the Gulf Coast and the Upper
Cretaceous of Colombia, Venezuela, western Europe, and Australia.
PULLENIA JARVISI Cushman
Pullenia jarvisi Cushman, 1936, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 19, Pt. 1, p. 9, Pl. 1, Figs. 15 a-b. - Cushman, 1946,
U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 147, Pl. 60, Fig. 15. -
Page 174
160
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 156,
Pl. 7, Figs. 28 a-b. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo.,
School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, pp. 60-61,
Pl. 12, Fig. 23. - Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal. Contr.,
Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, pp. 115-116, Pl. 21, Fig. 3.
Description. - Test medium size, planispiral, completely involute,
five chambers in last whorl; periphery rounded, distinctly lobate;
sutures somewhat depressed; aperture a low arch at base of septal face
and extending across it.
Remarks. - Pullenia jarvisi differs from P. cretacea in its relatively
large size, more compressed, and distinctly lobate test. Three specimens
from the upper Danian of Ain Zalah Well No. 17 are placed within this
species.
PULLENIA REUSSI Cushman and Todd
Pullenia reussi Cushman and Todd, 1943, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 19, p. 4, Pl. l, Figs. 10-13. -Said and Kenawy,
1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 154, Pl. 7, Fig. 22.
Remarks. - A few specimens of this species were found in both the
Maestrichtian and Paleocene samples. Pullenia reussi is distinguished
by its broadly rounded periphery, few chambers in the last whorl, depressed
sutures, and a low apertural face. Originally described from the Upper
Cretaceous of Germany, it also has been recorded from the Eocene of
Europe. In Egypt (U.A.R.) and Iran it was reported from materials of
Paleocene age .
Page 175
Family ALABAMINIDAE Hofker, 1951
Genus GYROIDINA d'Orbigny, 1826
GYROIDINA GIRARDANA (Reuss) subsp. GIRARDANA (Reuss)
Rotalia girardana Reuss, 1851, Deutsch. Geol. Ges., Zeitschr.,
Berlin, Bd. 3, p. 73, Pl. 5, Fig. 34.
Gyroidina girardana (Reuss). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 140, Pl. 58, Fig. 9. - LeRoy, 1953, Geol.
Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 35, Pl. 5, Figs. 10-12. - Frizzell,
1954, Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22,
p. 123, Pl. 18, Figs. 37 a-c. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 148-149, Pl. 5, Fig. 9.
Remarks. - A large number of typical specimens is recorded from
Maestrichtian, Kanian and Paleocene samples; most common in the lower
part of Ain Zalah Well No. 16. LeRoy (1953) recorded this species from
the basal Eocene of Maqfi, Egypt (U.A.R.); Said and Kenawy (1956)
noticed the occurrence of large numbers in the Maestrichtian samples of
Nekhl and Giddi, Egypt (U.A.R.).
GYROIDINA GLOBOSA (Hagenow)
Nonionina globosa Hagenow, 1842, Neues Jahrb., p. 574.
161
Gyroidina globosa (Hagenow). Cushman, 1931, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 5, p. 310, Pl. 35, Figs. 19 a-c; 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, p. 140, Pl. 58, Figs. 6-8. - Frizzell, 1954,
Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 124,
Pl. 18, Figs. 40 a-c (synonymy).
Gyroidina sp. cf. G. globosa (Hagnenow). Kavary and Frizzell, 1963,
Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 32,
Page 176
Pl. 5, Figs. 1-3.
Description. - Test medium size, trochospiral, planoconvex, dorsal
side flat to very slightly convex, ventral side strongly convex; axial
periphery rounded; chambers six to seven in last whorl; sutures radial,
somewhat depressed; aperture a slit at base of wide septal face.
162
Remarks. - Typical specimens of this form were observed in the
Cretaceous and Paleocene samples. Distinguishing features are the
broadly rounded periphery, deep ventral side, and the last whorl varying
in its position with respect to preceding whorl.
Page 177
Family OSANGULARIIDAE Loeblich and Tappan, 1964
Genus PARRELLA Finlay, 1939
PARRELLA DESERTORUM LeRoy
Pa~rella desertorum LeRoy, 1953, Gaol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 43.
Desc~iption. - Test medium size, unequally biconvex, dorsal side
more convex; chambers rathe~ distinct, seven in last whorl, uninflated;
dorsal sutures raised, st~ongly oblique; ventral sutures st~aight,
radial, slightly raised in early parts, dep~essed later; periphery
acute, with distinct small flange; wall smooth; aperture slit-like, at
base of last chamber.
163
Rema~ks. - This species from Iraq differs slightly from those
reported by LeRoy from the lower Tertiary of the Esna Shale in Egypt
(U.A.R.), in having depressed sutures on the ventral side between the last
three chambers; other features are identical. One specimen was recorded
from the middle of the Shi~anish Formation (Maestrichtian) of the Ain
Zalah Well No. 16.
Genus GLOBOROTALITES Brotzen, 1942
GLOBOROTALITES MICHELINIANUS (d'O~bigny)
Rotalia micheliniana d'Orbigny, 1840, Soc. Geol. France, Mem.,
1st Ser., Vol. 4, Pt. 1, p. 31, Pl. 3~ Figs .. 1-3.
Globorotalia micheliniana (d'Orbigny). Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol.
Su~vey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 152, Pl. 63, Figs. 2-3.
Globorotalites conicus (Carsey). Frizzell, 1954, Univ. Tes., Burear
Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest., No. 22, p. 130, Pl. 20, Figs. 31 a-c.
Said and Kenawy, 1956, Mic~opaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 147,
Pl. 4, Fig. 43.
Page 178
164
Globorotalites michelinianus (d'Orbigny). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas,
Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 119, Pl. 22,
Figs. 1 a-c.
Remarks. - Typical specimens of this species were recorded from the
Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) of the Ain Zalah wells only. It has
been considered an index fossil of this age in Egypt (U.A.R.).
Genus GYROIDINOIDES Brotzen, 1942
GYROIDINOIDES CRASSUS (d'Orbigny)
Rotalia cvassa d'Orbigny, 1840, Soc. Geol. France Mem., lst Ser.,
Vol. 4, p. 32, Pl. 3, Figs. 7-8.
Gyroidina crassa (d'Orbigny). White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 2, No. 4, Pt. 2, p. 292, Pl. 40, Fig. 1.
Gyroidina globosa (d'Orbigny). Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropal
eontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 149, Pl. 5, Fig. 5.
Description. - Test subglobular; periphery broadly rounded; six to
seven chambers in last whorl; sutures rather indistinct, flush with surface
on ventral and dorsal side, distinct and depressed between final two to
three chambers of last whorl on dorsal side; aperture at base of last
chamber and extending to periphery.
Remarks. - Specimens identical to those desc~ibed and figured by
White (1928) from the Mendez Formation and Velasco Shale in the Tampico
Embayment Area of Mexico are recorded from the Maestrichtian materials
in Iraq. Said and Kenawy (1956) reported typical forms from the Paleo
cene of Egypt (U.A.R.).
Page 179
GYROIDINOIDES NITIDUS (Reuss)
Rotalina nitida Reuss, 1844, Geog. Skizze Boehmen, Bd. 2, p. 214;
1845-1846, Verstein. boehm. Kreide, Abt. 1, p. 35, Pl. 8,
Fig. 52; Pl. 12, Figs. 8-20.
165
Gyroidina nitida (Reuss). White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 2,
p. 296, Pl. 40, Figs. 6 a-c. - Frizzell, 1943, Jour. Paleon
tology, Vol. 17, p. 351, Pl. 57, Figs. 6 a-c. - Kavary and
Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech.
Ser., No. 102, p. 32, Pl. 4, Figs. 13-15.
Gyroidinoides nitida (Reuss). Loeblich and Tappan, 1964, Treat.
Invert. Paleontology, Pt. C.,Protista 2, p. C753, Fig. 615, 616.
Gyroidinoides nitidus (Reuss). Sliter, 1968, Univ. Kansas, Pal.
Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, p. 121, Pl. 22, Fig. 7.
Description. - Test free, trochospiral, subglobular; dorsal side
gently convex, ventral side strongly convex; axial periphery broadly
rounded; chambers seven .to eight in last whorl; sutures radial, mostly
flush with surface, slightly depressed; aperture at base of flat apertural
face, extends from umbilicus to periphery.
Remarks. - This species is characterized by its subglobular form,
somewhat distinct sutures, and open umbilicus, recorded only from the
Maestrichtian samples in borehole Ain Zalah No. 16.
GYROIDINOIDES SUBANGULATUS (Plummer)
Rotalia soldanii (d'Orbigny) var. subangulata Plummer, 1926 (1927),
Univ. Tex., Bull. 2644, p. 154, Pl. 12, Figs. 1 a-c.
Gyroidina subangulata (Plummer). Cushman, 1951, U.S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 232, p. 51, Pl. 14, Figs. 14-15. - LeRoy, 1953,
Page 180
Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 35, Pl. 3, Figs. 23-25. - Said
and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 149,
166
Pl. 5, Figs. 9 a-c. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo.,
School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 33, Pl. 4,
Figs. 18-20.
Gyroidinoides subangulata (Plummer). Olsson, 1960, Jour. Paleon
tology, Vol. 34, No. 1, p. 36, Pl. 5, Figs. 24-25. - Pozaryska,
1965, Paleontologia Polonica, No. 14, pp. 108-109, Pl. XVIII,
Figs. l a-c (synonymy).
Description. - Test medium size, planoconvex, dorsal side flat,
ventral side strongly convex; peripheral margin bluntly angular; chambers
eight to nine in final whorl; sutures flush with surface to very slightly
depressed, oblique dorsally, radiate on ventral side; wall smooth, finely
perforate; aperture a narrow slit at base of broad septal face, extending
from a point below periphery almost into umbilicus.
Remarks. - This species, originally described from the Midway of
Texas, occurs in large numbers in the Paleocene sections of Egypt (U.A.R.),
and has been encountered in Iranian samples from the Cretaceous. Pozar
yska (1965) reported it from the Maestrichtian, Danian, and Montian
(lower Paleocene) of Poland, which is similar to its distribution in Iraq.
Page 181
Family ANOMALINIDAE Cushman, 1927
Subfamily ANOMALININAE Cushman, 1927
Genus ANOMALINA d'Orbigny, 1826
ANOMALINA DESERTORUM LeRoy
Anomalina desertorum LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54,
pp. 17-18, Pl. 7, Figs. 18-20. - Kavary and Frizzell, 1963,
Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102,
pp. 35-36, Pl. 5, Figs. 11-12.
167
Description. - Test medium size, nearly circular outline, consider
ably compressed; chambers eleven in final whorl, gradually enlarging as
added; wall smooth, weakly punctate; sutures fairly distinct, slightly
depressed; aperture a low arch. Diameter, ca. 0.36 mm; thickness, ca.
0.14 mm.
Remarks. - One specimen observed from the Danian of Butmah Well No. 9
in Iraq. Differs from LeRoy's specimen in being less punctate. In
Egypt (U.A.R.) it was first identified from the lower Tertiary (LeRoy,
1953). Kavary (in Kavary and Frizzell, 1963) reported a few specimens
from the Paleocene of Iran.
ANOMALINA GRANDIS LeRoy
Anomalina grandis LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 54, p. 18,
Pl. 9, Figs. 6-8. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology,
Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 153, Pl. 6, Fig. 16.
Description. - Test rather large, equally biconvex, partially eva
lute, with low dorsal umbilical elevation; chambers rather distinct,
twelve to fourteen in last whorl, increasing in size gradually as added;
sutures distinct and raised on dorsal side, less so on ventral side;
Page 182
168
periphery rounded, nonlobulate; wall smooth, coarsely perforate; aperture
at base of last chamber. Diameter, 0.82-0.72 mm; thickness, 0.48-0.46 mm.
Remarks. - Two specimens identical to LeRoy's holotype are recorded
from the Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) in Ain Zalah Well No. 17,
from an equivalent stratigraphic level of the Maqfi section in Egypt
(U.A.R) (LeRoy, 1953).
ANOMALINA GRANOSA (Hantken)
Truncatulina granosa Hantken, 1875, K. Ungar. Geol. Anst., Mitt.
Jahrb, Bd. 4, Heft. 1, p. 74, Pl. 10, Figs. 2 a-c.
Anomalina granosa (Hantken). LeRoy, 1953, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem.
54, p. 17, Pl. 6, Figs. 1-3. -Said and Kenawy, 1954, Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 153, Pl. 6, Figs. 20 a-c. -
Kavary and Frizzell, 1963, Univ. Mo., School Mines and Met.,
Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, p. 36, Pl. 5, Figs. 13-15.
Description. - Test nearly symmetrical, more umbilicate ventrally
than dorsally; chambers distinct, six to seven in last whorl, strongly
inflated; wall coarsely perforate; sutures distinct, depressed slightly
curved; periphery broadly rounded, lobate; aperture at base of last chamber,
extending toward umbilicus. Diameter, 1.1-0.11 mm; thickness, 0.19-0.05 mm.
Remarks. - A large number of these forms was found in the Maestrich
tian, Danian, and Landenian samples of Iraq. This species was originally
described by Hantken from the upper Oligocene of Hungary. LeRoy (1953)
reported limited numbers of the Upper Cretaceous and lower Tertiary of
the Maqfi section in Egypt (U.A.R.). Said and Kenawy (1956) identified
this species from the Danian, Paleocene and Lower Eocene of both the Nakhl
and Giddi sections of the Esna Shale in Egypt (U.A.R.). Kavary (in Kavary
Page 183
and Frizzell, 1963) found two sizes of this form in Paleocene samples
from Iran. A study of various forms of this species from Iraq revealed
no significant taxonomic or stratigraphic importance for this variation
in size.
ANOMALINA RUBIGINOSA Cushman
169
Anomalina rubiginosa Cushman, 1926, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull.,
Vol. 10, p. 607, Pl. 21' Figs. 6 a-c; 1946, u.s. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 206, P· 156, Pl. 64, Figs. 4-6. - Perlmutter and
Todd, 1965, u.s. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 483-I, PP· Il9-I20,
Pl. 6, Figs. 19-21.
Planulina rubiginosa White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 2, p. 303,
Pl. 41, Figs. 6 a-c.
Description. - Test closely coiled, unequally biconvex, dorsal side
more convex, periphery broadly rounded; chambers rather indistinct, nine
to ten in last whorl; wall very coarsely perforate, dorsal side smooth,
ventral side with irregular protrusions, giving a peculiar appearance to
this species; sutures rather indistinct, especially in early portion of
test, aperture at base of last formed chamber. Diameter, ca. 0.9 mm;
thickness, ca. 0.48 mm.
Remarks. - A large number of forms identical to those identified by
Cushman from the Velasco Shale of Mexico were encountered by the writer
in the Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) of Ain Zalah Well No. 16, and
from the Aaliji Formation (Danian and Landenian) of Butmah Well No. 9
and Ain Zalah Well No. 17.
Anomalina granosa (Hantken) and A. rubiginosa Cushman are the most
abundant and largely distributed species in this genus.
Page 184
ANOMALINA VELASCOENSIS Cushman
Anomalina velascoensis Cushman, 1925. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. l, Pt. l, p. 21, Pl. 3, Figs. 3 a-c; 1946, U.S.
Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, p. 156, Pl. 64, Fig. 7.
Description. - Test planoconvex to unequally biconvex; periphery
broadly rounded; chambers fairly distinct, nine to ten in last whorl;
sutures somewhat raised and distinct on dorsal side, flush with surface
to depressed on ventral side; wall smooth coarsely perforate dorsally,
finely punctate ventrallyJ aperture distinct, at base of last chamber.
Diameter, 0.82-0.64 mm; thickness, 0.45-0.36 mm.
170
Remarks. - This species is distinguished by the distinct difference
of dorsal and ventral surfaces, and the depressed area along the line of
coiling on dorsal side with the peculiar spiral thickening on that side.
Forms identical to those reported by Cushman from the Velasco For
mation are recorded from the Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) of Ain
Zalah Well No. 16. Anomalina velascoensis Cushman ranges from upper
Campanian to Paleocene.
Genus PULSIPHONINA Brotzen, 1948
PULSIPHONINA PRIMA (Plummer)
Siphonina prima Plummer, 1926 (1927), Univ. Tex., Bull. 2644, p. 148,
Pl. 12, Figs. 4 a-c. - Cushman, 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof.
Paper 206, p. 143, Pl. 59, Figs. 3-5.
Pulsiphonina prima (Plummer). Perlmutter and Todd, 1965, U.S. Geol.
Survey, Prof. Paper 483-I, pp. 116-117, Pl. 3, Fig. 11.
Remarks. - Pulsiphonina prima has been recorded from the Midway of
Texas (Plummer, 1927), beds of Navarro age in the Gulf Coast area (Cushman,
Page 185
171
1946) and the Monmouth Group of Long Island, New Jersey (Perlmutter and
Todd, 1965). A single specimen identical to the forms reported from the
Gulf Coast of the United States was identified from the upper part of
Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
Genus STENSIOINA Brotzen, 1936
STENSIOINA AMERICANA Cushman and Dorsey
Stensioina americana Cushman and Dorsey, 1949, Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 16, p. 5, Pl. l, Figs. 7 a-c. -Cushman,
1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 206, pp. 141-142, Pl. 65,
Fig. 14. - Said and Kenawy, 1956, Micropaleontology, Vol. 2,
No. 2, pp. 149-150, Pl. 6, Figs. l a-c. - Skinner, 1962,
Tulane Stud. Geol., Vol. l, No. 1, pp. 37-38, Pl. 6, Figs. 7-8.
Description. - Test small, trochoid, dorsal side flat with central
portion slightly concave, ventral side strongly convex, umbonate, umbonal
area flat; peripheral margin acutely keeled; chambers distinct, nine in
last whorl; sutures distinct, raised on dorsal side, marked by irregular,
gently curved costae, on ventral side depressed, marked by narrow bands
of clear shell material; aperture low, arched, at inner margin of last
chamber.
Remarks. - This species is distinguished from Stensioina excolata
(Cushman) by its smaller size, clearly marked dorsal suture, and slightly
concave central pprt of dorsal side. A large number of specimens of this
typical Upper Cretaceous species was identified from samples of Maestri
chtian age in Ain Zalah Wells Nos. 16 and 17. Few specimens were recorded
from Butmah Well No. 9.
Page 186
STENSIOINA EXCOLATA (Cushman)
Truncatulina excolata Cushman, 1926, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 2, Pt. l, p. 22, Pl. 3, Figs. 2 a-b.
Gyroidina excolata (Cushman). White, 1928, Jour. Paleontology,
Vol. 2, p. 293, Pl. 40, Fig. 2.
172
Stensioina excolata (Cushman), 1946, U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper
206, p. 141, Pl. 66, Figs. 17 a-c. - Said and Kenawy, 1956,
Micropaleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, p. 150, Pl. 6, Figs. 2 a-c.
Description. - Test medium size, trochoid, planoconvex, dorsal side
flat, ventral side strongly convex, approaching a hemisphere, smooth
except for short, irregularly twisted costae near umbilicus; peripheral
margin acute, slightly keeled; chambers indistinct, about nine in last
whorl; sutures fairly distinct, depressed on ventral side, quite indistinct
on dorsal side due to some calcareous debris; aperture obscure.
Remarks. - This species seems to be an excellent index fossil for
beds of Maestrichtian age in Egypt (U.A.R.), and the comparable Mendez
Shale of Mexico. Two poorly preserved specimens are recorded from the
Maestrichtian samples in Butmah Well No. 9, and typical forms were abundant
in samples of equivalent stratigraphic level in Ain Zalah wells.
STENSIOINA LABYRINTHICA Cushman and Dorsey
? Gyroidina exculpta (Reuss). Macfadyen, 1932, Geol. Mag., Vol. 69,
Pl. 35, Figs. 26 a-c. (not of Reuss).
Stensioina labyrinthica Cushman and Dorsey, 1940, Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 16, Pt. l, pp. 3-4, Pl. 1, Fig. 5
Remarks. - The difference between Stensioina labyrinthica and
s. pommerana as indicated by Cushman and Dorsey (1940, p. 4) is that the
Page 187
173
former is characterized by " .•. labyrinthic dorsal ornamentation due to
a greater development of ornamentation between the suture lines, umbonate
ventral side and limbate sutures on the ventral side." It is difficult
to separate these two forms satisfactorily. Some transitional forms
were noticed. A small number of this species was present in samples of
Maestrichtian age from Ain Zalah Well No. 16.
STENSIOINA POMMERANA Brotzen
Stensioina pommerana Brotzen, 1936, Sveriges Geol. Undersoknig,
Arsb. 30, No. 3, Ser. C., No. 396, p. 166. - Cushman and
Dorsey, 1940, Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 16,
Pt. 1, pp. 2-3, Pl. 1, Fig. 4 (synonymy).
Stensioina cf. S. pommerana Brotzen. Mcgugan, 1957, Jour. Paleon
tology, Vol. 31, No. 2, p. 342, Pl. 33, fig. 2.
Remarks. - This species may be distinguished from Stensioina exsculpta
(Reuss) by its smaller size, flat dorsal side instead of being convex, and
the presence of ornamentation between the dorsal sutures.
Hiltermann (1952) indicated that~· pommerana Brotzen has a higher
stratigraphic range than~· exsculpta (upper Campanian-lowest Maestrichtian),
although Mcgugan (1957) encountered the association of both species in
the Irish Cretaceous material. It was fairly abundant in the Maestrichtian
samples from Ain Zalah Well No. 16. S. exsculpta was not recorded in this
study.
Page 188
174
REFERENCES (exclusive of synonymic entries)
AL NAQIB, K. M., 1960. Geological observations in the Mizuri Bala
area, northern Iraq. ~ Sorgenfrei, T. (general editor),
St~ucture of the Earth's crust and deformation of rocks. In
Kvale, A., and Metzger, A. (editors), Internat. Geol. Congr.,
Copenhagen, Rept. 21st Session, Norden, Pt. 18, (Proc. Sect. 18),
pp. 167-181, Figs. 1-4.
----------------' 1967. Geology of the Arabian Peninsula, southwest-
ern Iraq. u.s. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper 560-G, pp. G 1-G 54,
Fig. l, Pls. l-4.
AL-OMARI, F. s., 1966. Upper Cretaceous-lower Cenozoic foraminifera
from an oil well in northwestern Iraq. Univ. Mo. Rolla, Unpub-
lished M. S. Thesis, pp. 1-107, Figs. 1-3, Pls. 1-7.
AL-SAYYAB, A., 1968. Rare Permian index foraminiferal genera from
the Chia Zairi Formation, northern Iraq. Geol. Soc. Iraq Jour.,
Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 13-17, Pls. 1-3.
AMERICAN COMMISSION ON STRATIGRAPHIC NOMENCLATURE, 1961. Code of
stratigraphic nomenclature. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., Bull.,
Vol. 45, No. 5, pp. 645-665.
AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE, 1960. Glossary of geology and
related sciences ••• Ed. 2.
Page 189
BAKER, N. E., 1953. Iraq, Qatar, Cyprus, Lebanon, Syria, Israel,
Jordan, Trucial Coast, Muscat, Oman, Dhofar and the Had
ramaut. Sci. Petroleum, Vol. 6, Pt. 1, pp. 83-92, Figs.
1-6.
BANDY, 0. L., 1951. Upper Cretaceous foraminifera from the
Carlsbad area. San Diego County, California. Jour. Paleo
ntology, Vol. 25, No. 4, pp. 488-513, Pls. 72-75.
-------------' 1960. Planktonic foraminifera criteria for
paleoclimatic zonation. Tohoku Univ., Sci. Repts., Ser. 2
(geol.), Spec. Vol., No.4, pp. 1-8, Text-Figs. 1-2.
--------------' 1964. Cenozoic planktonic foraminiferal zonation.
Micropaleontology, Vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 1-17, Text-Figs. 1-6,
Table 1.
--------, 1967. Cretaceous planktonic foraminiferal zonation.
Micropaleontology, Vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 1-31, Text-Figs. 1-13.
175
BANNER, F. T., AND BLOW, W. H., 1960. Some primary types of species
belonging to the superfamily Globigerinacea. Cushman Found. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 11, pp. 1-41, Pls. 1-8.
BARR, F. T., 1966. The foraminiferal genus Bolivinoides from the Upper
Cretaceous of the British Isles. Palaeontology, Vol. 9, Pt. 2,
PP• 220-243, Pls. 34-38.
------, 1968. Late Cretaceous planktonic foraminifera from
the coastal area east of Susa (Apollonia), northeastern Libya.
Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 42, No. 2, pp. 308-321, Pls. 37-40,
Text ... Figs. 1-5.
Page 190
------------'AND BERGRREN, W.A., 1965. Plantonic foraminifera
from the Thanet Formation (Paleocene) of Kent, England.
Acta Univ. Stockholmiensis, Stockholm Contr. Geol., Vol. 13,
No. 2, pp. 9-26, Figs. 1-6.
BECKMANN, J. P., 1957. Chilogue~belina Loeblich and Tappan and
related foraminifera from the lower Tertiary of Trinidad,
B.W.I. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 83-95, Fig. 14-16.
-----------------, 1960. Distribution of benthonic foraminifera
at the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary of Trinidad (West Indies).
In Rosenkrantz, A., and Brotzen, f., (editors), The Cretaceous
Tertiary Boundary. Internat. Geol. Congr., Copenhagen, Rept.
21st Session, Norden, Pt. 5, (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 57-69.
BELLEN, R. C. VAN, 1956. The stratigraphy of the "Main Lime
stone" of the Kirkuk, Bai Hassan, and Qarah Chauq Dagh
structures in north Iraq. Jour. Inst. Petr. Vol. 42, No. 393,
pp. 233-263, Pls. 1-81, Figs. 1-34, Table I.
-------------------, DUNNINGTON, H. V., WETZEL, R., AND MORTON, D.M.,
1959. Le~ique stratigraphique international, Vol. III, Asie.
176
~ Dubertret, L., (director). fasc. lOa, Iraq Centre Nat. Recherche
Sci. (Paris), pp. 1-333, Pls. 1-6, Text-fig. 1.
BERGGREN, w. A., 1960A. Some planktonic foraminifera from the lower
Eocene (Ypresian) of Denmark and northwestern Germany. Acta
Univ. Stockholmiensis, Stockholm Contr. Geol., Vol. 5, No. 3,
pp. 667-678, Figs. 1-2.
Page 191
-----------------' l960B. Biostratigraphy, planktonic foram
inifera and the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in Denmark
and southern Sweden. ~Rosenkrantz, A., and Brotzen,
F., (editors), The Cretaceous-Tertiary Boundary. Internat.
Geol. Congr., Copenhagen, Rept. 21st Session, Norden,
Pt. 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 181-192, Figs. 1-2.
--------' ~960C. Paleogene biostratigraphy and planktonic
foraminifera of Nigeria (West Africa). ~ Hessland, I.,
and Erdtman, G., (editors), The pre-Quaternary micropaleon
tology. Internat. Geol. Congr., Copenhagen, Rept. 21st
Session, Norden, Pt. 6 (Proc. Sec. 6), pp. 41-55, Pl. 1.
-----------------, 1962. Some planktonic foraminifera from the
Maestrichtian and type Danian stages of southern Scandin-
avia. Acta Univ. Stockho1miensis, Stockholm Contr.,
Geol., Vol. 9, No.1, PP• 1-106, Pls. l-14, Figs. l-14.
, 1965A. The Maestrichtian, Danian and Montian -----------------
Stages and the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Acta Univ.
Stockholmiensis, Stockholm Contr. Geol., Vol. II, No. 5,
pp. 103-176, Tables 1-5.
-----------------, 1965B. The recognition of the Globorotalia
uncinata Zone (lower Paleocene) in the Gulf Coast.
Micropaleontology, Vol. II, No. 1, pp. 111-113, Text-Figs.
1-2.
177
Page 192
_________________ s l965C. Some problems of Paleocene-lower
Eocene planktonic foraminiferal correlation. Micropal
eontology, Vol. lls No. 3s PP• 278-300s Pl. l, Text-Figs.
1-12, Table I.
•~l965D. Further comments on planktonic fora------------------
minifera in the type Thanetian. Cushman, Found. Foram.
Res., Contr., Vol. 16, No. 3, pp. 125-127.
-----------------, l965E. Paleocene a micropaleontologist's point
of view. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., Vol. 49, No. 9,
PP• 1473-1483, Fig. l.
-----------------, 1968. Phylogenetic and taxonomic problems of
some Tertiary planktonic foraminiferal lineages. Tulane
Stud. Geol., Vol. 6, No. 1, PP• l-22, Figs. 1-4.
BOLLI, H. M., 1951. Genus Globotruncana in Trinidad, B.W.I.
Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 25, No. 2, pp. 187-199, Pls.
34-35.
-------------' l957A. The genera Praeglobotruncana, Rotalipora,
Globotruncana, and Abathomphalus in the Upper Cretaceous
of Trinidad, B.W.I. U. ~ Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 51-60,
Pls. 12-14, Text-Figs. 14-16.
-------------, 1957B. The genera Globigerina and Globorotalia
in the Paleocene-lower Eocene Lizard Springs Formation of
Trinidad, B.W.I. u.s. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 61-81,
Pls. 15-20.
178
Page 193
-------------'AND CITA, M. B., 1960A. Globigerina e Globorotalia
del Paleocene di Paerno d'Adda (Italia). Rib. Ital. Pal.
Strat., Vol. 66, No. 3, pp. 1-42.
-------------' AND , 1960B. Upper Cretaceous and
lower Tertiary planktonic foraminifera from the Paderno
d'Adda section, northern Italy. In Rosenkrantz, A., and
Brotzen, F., (editors), The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary.
Internat. Geol. Congr. Copenhagen, Rept. 21st Session,
Norden, Pt. 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 150-161, Figs. 1-3.
---------, LOEBLICH, A. R., JR., AND TAPPAN, H., 1957. Planktonic
179
foraminiferal families Hantkeninidae, Orbulinidae, Globorotaliidae,
and Globotruncanidae. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 3-50, Text
Figs. 1-9, Pls. 1-11.
BOWEN, R., 196lA. Paleotemperature analysis of Mesozoic Belemnoidea
from Germany and Poland. Jour. Geol., Vol. 69, pp. 75-83.
, 196lB. Paleotemperature analysis of Mesozoic Belemnoides ------from Australia and New Guinea. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., Vol. 72,
pp. 769-774.
, 196lC. Oxygen isotope paleotemperature measurements on -----Cretaceous Belemnoidea from Europe, India and Japan. Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 1077-1084.
BRADLEY, J. S., 1931. Origin and microfossils of the oil shale
of the Green River Formation of Colorado and Utah. U.S. Geol.
Survey Prof. Paper 168, p. 7.
Page 194
BRONNIMANN, P., 1952. Globigerinidea from the Upper Cretaceous
(Cenomanian-Maest~ichtian) of Trinidad, B.W.I. Bulls. Amer.
Pal., Vol. 34, No. 140, pp. 1-70, Pls. 1-4, Text-Figs 1-24.
---------------' 1953. Note on planktonic foraminifera from
Danian localities of Jutland, Denmark. Eclog. Geol. Helv.,
Vol. 45, pp. 339-341, Text-Fig. 1, Basel (1952).
---------------, AND BROWN, N. K., JR., 1953. Observations on some
planktonic Heterohelicidae from the Upper Cretaceous of Cuba.
Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 4, No. 4, pp. 150-156,
Text-Figs. 1-14.
--------------' AND , 1955 (1956). Taxonomy of the
Globotruncanidae. Eclog. Geol. Helv., Vol. 48, No. 2, pp. 503-
561, Pls. 20-24.
BROTZEN, F., 1948. The Swedish Paleocene and its foraminiferal
fauna. Sver. Geol. Unders., Ser. c., No. 493 (Arsb. 42,
No. 21), 140, pp. 1-140, Pls. 1-19, Text-Figs. 1-41, Table
1.
------------, 1959. On Tylocidaris species (Echinoidea) and the
stratigraphy of the Danian of Sweden - with a bibliog~aphy
of the Danian and the Paleocene. Sver. Geol. Unders., Ser.
c., No. 571, Arsb. 54 (1960), No. 2, 1959. pp. 1-81, Pls. 1-3,
Figs. 1-19.
BRUNNICH- NIELSEN, K., 1909. Brachiopoderne i Danmarks Kri
dtaflejringer.- Kgl. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr., 7 Rk., Nat. -
Math. Afd., Bd. 6, No. 4.
180
Page 195
------------------------' 1913A. Crinoiderne i Danmarks Krid
taflejringer. - Danmarks Geol. Unders., 11 Rk., No. 26.
------------------------' 1913B. Moltkia ~' Steenstrup og
andre Octocorallia fra Danmarks Kridtaflejringer. -
Mindeskr. for Japetus Steenstrup, Bd. 18.
------------------------' 1919. En Hydrocoral fauna fra Faxe og
Bemaerkninger om Danien'ets geo1ogiske Stilling. - Medd.
Dansk Geol. Foren., Bd. 5, No. 16, pp. 1-66, Pls. 1-2.
BUROLLET, P.F., AND MAGNIER, P. H., 1960. Remarques sur la limite
Cretace-Tertiaire en Tunisie et en Libye. ~Rosenkrantz,
A., and Brotzen, F., (editors), The Cretaceous-Tertiary
boundary. !nternat. Geol. Congr. Copenhagen, Rept. 21st
Session, Norden, Pt. 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 136-144.
CHILINGAR, G. V., BISSELL, H. J., FAIRBRIDGE, R. W., 1967.
Development in Sedimentology 9A. Carbonate Rocks, Origin,
Occurrence and Classification, (editors). Elsvier Publ. Co.
p. 160.
CITA, M. B., 1955. The Cretaceous-Eocene boundary in Italy. Proc.
4th World Petrol. Congr., Roma, Sec. I/D, Paper 2, pp. 427-
452, Fig. 1.
CROWLEY, A. J., 1952. Method of extracting foraminifera from
refractory shale. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., Bull., Vol. 36,
P• 2185.
181
Page 196
CUSHMANs J. A.s l925A. Some new foraminifera from the Velasco
Shale of Mexico. CuEh'l'flan Lab. Foram. Res.s Contr.s Vol. ls
Pt. ls pp. l8-23s Pls. l-3.
---------------' l925B. Three new species of Siphogenerina from
the Miocene of California. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res.,
Contr.s Vol. ls No. 2s p. 3, Pl. 4s Fig. 5.
----------------' 1926. Some foraminifera from the Mendez Shale
of eastern Mexico. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr. Vol. 2,
Pt. l, pp. 16-26, Pls. 2-3.
----------------, 1927. Some characteristic Mexican fossil
foraminifera. Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 1, pp. 147-172,
Pls. l-6.
----------------, 1932. The foraminifera of the Annona Chalk. Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 6s No. 4, pp. 330-345, Pls. 50-51.
----------------, 1938. Cretaceous species of Guembelina and related
genera. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.s Vol. 14, Pt. 1,
pp. 2-28, Pls. l-4.
--------s 1937. A monograph of the subfamily Virgulininae
of the foraminiferal family Buliminidae. Cushman Lab. Foram.
Res., Spec. Publ. 9, pp. l-228s Pls. l-24.
s 1946. Upper Cretaceous foraminifera of the Gulf ----------------
Coastal region of the United States and adjacent areas.
u.s. Geol. Surveys Prof. Paper 206, pp. 1-241, Pls. 1-66.
, AND DORSEY, A. L., 1940. The genus Stensioina ----------------
and its species. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 16,
Pt. ls pp. l-6, Pl. I.
182
Page 197
---------------' AND PONTON, G. M., 1932. An Eocene fauna of
Wilcox age from Alabama. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr.,
Vol. 8, Pt. 3, No. 122, pp. 51-74, Pls. 7-9.
---------------' AND RENZ, H. H., 1946. The foraminiferal fauna of
the Lizard Springs Formation of Trinidad, B. w. I. Cushman Lab.
Foram. Res., Spec. Publ. 18, pp. 1-48.
---------------, AND , 1947. Further notes on the Cretaceous
foraminifera of Trinidad. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol.
23, pp. 31-51.
DAM, A. TEN, AND SIGAL, J., 1950. Some new species of foraminifera
from the Dano-Montian of Algeria. Cushman Found. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 1, Pts. 1-2, No. 5, pp. 31-37, Pl. 2, Table 2.
DANIEL, E. J., 1954. Fractured reservoirs of Middle East. Amer.
Assoc., Petr. Geol., Bull., Vol. 38, No. 5, pp. 774-815,
Figs. 1-2.
DESOR, E., 1846 (1847). Sur le terrain Danien, nouvel etage de la
craie.- Soc~~Geol. France, Bull., ser. 2, Pt. 4, pp. 179-181.
Paris.
DOUGLAS, R. G., 1969. Upper Cretaceous planktonic foraminifera
in northern California, Part 1 - Systematics. Micropale
ontology, Vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 151-209, Pls. 1-11.
----------------, AND SLITER, W. v., 1966. Regional distribution of
183
some Cretaceous Rotaliporidae and Globotruncanidae (Foraminiferida)
within North America. Tulane Stud. Geol., Vol. 4, No. 3, pp.
89-131, Pl. 1-5, Fig. l, Tables 1-2.
Page 198
DROOGER, c. W., 1952. Foraminifera from Cretaceous-Tertiary
transitional strata of the Honda Mountains, Algeria.
Cushman Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 3, Pt. 2, No. 62,
pp. 89-102, Figs. 1-3, Pls. 15-16, Table 1.
DUNBAR, C. O., AND RODGERS, J., 1957. Principles of stratigraphy,
New York, Wiley. pp. 226-227, Table 13.
DUNNINGTON, H. v., 1955. Close zonation of Upper Cretaceous
globigerinal sediments by abundance ratio of Globotruncana
species group. Micropaleontology, Vol. I, No. 3, pp. 207-
219, Text-Figs. 1-8.
------------------, 1958. Generation, migration, accumUlation
and dissipation of oil in northern Iraq. ~Weeks, L. G.,
(editor), Habitat of oil - a symposium. Amer. Assoc. Petr.
Geol., Spec. Publ., pp. 1194-1251, Figs. 1-22.
, 1967. Stratigraphical distribution of -------------------
oilfields in the Iraq-Iran-Arabia basin. Jour. Inst.
Petrol., Vol. 53, No. 520, pp. 129-161, Figs. A, B, C,
D, 1-12.
EL-NAGGAR, z. R., 1966. Stratigraphy and planktonic foramini
fera of the Upper Cretaceous-lower Tertiary succession in
the Esna-Idfu region, Nile Valley, Egypt, U.A.R. Brit.
Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol. Suppl. 2, pp. 1-291, Pls.
1-23, Test-Figs. 1-18.
184
Page 199
-----------------' 1967. Planktonic foraminifera in the Thanet
sands of England, and the positions of the Thanetian in
Paleocene stratigraphy. Jour. Paleontology, Vol. ~1,
No. 3, pp. 575-586, Text-Fig. 1.
-----------------·' AND HAYNES, J., 1967. Globotruncana calici
formis in the Maestrichtian Sharawna Shale of Egypt. Cushman
Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 18, Pt. 1, pp. 1-13, Pls. 1-~.
ESKER, G. c., III, 1969. Planktonic foraminifera from St. Ann's
Great River Valley, Jamaica. Micropaleontology, Vol. 15, No.
2, PP• 210-220, Pls. 1-3, Text-Figs. 1-2.
FINLAY, H. J., 1947. New Zealand foraminifera. Key species in
stratigraphy. New Zealand Jour. Sci. Techno!., Sect. B,
Vol. 28, No. 5, pp. 259-292, Pls. 1-9.
FORCHHAMMER, G., 1823. Om de geognostiske Forhold i en Deel
af Sje11and og Nabooern. Vid. Selsk. Phys. Skr. II Deel.
Kobenhavn.
FRIZZELL, D. L., 1943. Upper Cretaceous foraminifera from north
western Peru. Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 17, No. 4, PP• 331-
353, P1s. 55-57, Text-Figs. 1-2.
, 1954. Handbook of Cretaceous foraminifera of ----------------Texas. Univ. Tex., Bureau Econ. Geol., Rept. Invest.,
No. 22, PP• 1-232, Pls. 1-21.
GALLITELLI, E. M., 1957. A revision of the foraminiferal family
Heterohelicidae. u.s. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 133-154,
Pls. 31-34.
185
Page 200
GANDOLFI, R., 1955. The genus Globotruncana in northeastern Columbia.
Bulls. Amer. Paleont., Vol. 36, No. 155, pp. 1-118, Figs. 1-12,
Pls. 1-10.
GLAESSNER, M. F., 1945. Principles of micropaleontology. Melbourne
Univ. Press, pp. 1-296, Pls. 1-14, Text-Figs. 1-64.
GRIMSDALE, T. F., 1951. Correlation, age determination, and the
Tertiary pelagic foraminifera. 3d World Petr. Congr., Hague,
1951, Proc., Sec. I, Geol. -Geophysics, pp. 463-475, Fig. 1.
------------------' 1952. Cretaceous and Tertiary foraminifera from the
Middle East. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bull., Geol., Vol. 1,
No. s, pp. 221-248, Pls. 20-25, Text-Figs. 1-3.
GROSSOUVRE, A. DE., 1897. Sur la limite du Cretace et du Tertiare.
Soc. Geol. France, Bull., Ser. 3, Pt. 25, pp. 57-81.
, 1901. Recherches sur la craie superieure. --------------------
Stratigraphie Generale. Fasc. 1.
HAMILTON, E. L., 1953. Upper Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Recent
planktonic foraminifera from mid-Pacific flat-topped seamounts.
Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 204-237, Figs. 1-5,
Pls. 29-32.
186
HAY, W. w., 1960. The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in the Tampico
embayment, Mexico. In Rosenkrantz, A., and Brotzen, F., (editors),
The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Internat. Geol. Congr., Copen
hagen, Rept. 21st Session, Norden, Pt. 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 70-
77, Figs. 1-3.
Page 201
HAYNES, J., 1955. Pelagic foraminifera in the Thanet beds and
the use of Thanetian as a stage name. Micropaleontology,
Vol. 1, No. 2, p. 189.
-----------' 1956. Certain smaller British Paleocene foramini
fera. Part 1, Nonionidae, Chilostomellidae, Epistominidae,
Discorbidae, Amphistegenidae, Globigerinidae, Globoro
taliidae, and Guembelinidae. Cushman Found. Foram. Res.,
Contr., Vol. 7, Pt. 3, pp. 79-101, Pls. 16-18, Text-Figs.
1-2.
HENSON, F. R. s., 1938. Stratigraphical correlation by small
foraminifera in Palestine and adjoining countries. Geol.
Mag., Vol. 75, No. 887. pp. 227-233.
HILTERMANN, H., 1952. Stratigraphische Fragen des Campan und
Maastricht unter besonder Beruecksichtigung der Midro
palaeontologie. Geol. Jahrb., Bd. 67, pp. 47-66.
HINTE, J. E., VAN, 1963. Zur Stratigraphie und Micropaleontologie
der Oberkreide und das Eozans des ~appfeldes (Karnten). Jb
Geol. B. A., Sonderband 8, pp. 1-147, Pls. 1-27.
HOFKER, J., 1949. On Foraminifera from the Upper Senonian of
south Limburg (Maestrichtian). Inst. roy. des Sci. nat.
de Belge., Men. No. 112, pp. 1-69, Text~Figs. 1-23.
, 1954. On Tertiary Guembelina and some species of -----------Bolivina. The Micropaleontologists, Vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 29-
30.
-----------, 1955A. The Foraminifera of the Vincentown Forma-
tion. Rep. McLean Foram. Lab., No. 2, pp. 1-15, Pls. 1-5.
187
Page 202
------------' l955B. Ontdekking van een nog niet bekende geolo
gische formatie in Zuid-Limburg. Natuurh. Maandbl., 44 jrg.,
No. 7-8, p. 78.
------------' 1956A. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of southern
Limburg, Netherlands. XIX. Planktonic Foraminifera of the
Chalk Tuff of Maastricht and environments. Natuurh. Maandbl.,
Vol. 45, No. 5-6, pp. 50-57, Pls. 1-3.
--------, 1956B. Die Globotruncanen von Nordwest-Deutschland
und Holland. Neues Jahrb. Geol. u Palaontol., Abh., t.
103, pp. 312-230, Text-Figs., 1-26.
------, 1956C. Die Pseudotextularia-Zone der Bohrung
Maasb~ll I und ihre Foraminiferen-Fauna. Palaontol. z.,
Bd. 30, Sonderh., pp. 49-79, Pls. 5-10.
------, 1956D. Tertiary foraminifera of coastal Ecuador, Pt.
II. Additional notes on the Eocene species. Jour. Paleon-
tology, Vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 891-958, Text-Figs. 1-101,
Table 1.
, 1956E. The structure of Globorotalia. Micropaleon-------tology, Vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 371-373, Text-Figs. 1-7.
, l956F. Les Foraminiferes de la zone de contact -------Maastrichtien-Campanien dans l'est de la Belgique et
le sud des Pays-Bas. Ann. Soc. Geol. de Belge., t. 80, bull. 3,
PP• 191-233, Text-Figs. 1-73.
, 1956G. Het onder-Paleocene van Zuid-Limburg. Natuurh. ------Maandbl., 45 jrg., No. 11-12, pp. 132-133.
188
Page 203
-----------s l957A. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of southern
Limburgs Netherlands. XXV. Some more planktonic Foraminifera
from the lower Md in the quarry Curfss Houthem. Natuurh.
Maandbl.s 46 jrg.s No. 5-6 5 pp. 57, 58, Pl. 1.
___________ 5 1957B. Same. XXVI. Globorotalia praetuberculifera
nov. spec. Ibid., 46 jrg., No. 5-6, pp. 59-60, Text. Pl.s 1.
, 1957C. Een nieuwe laag in het Bovenste Krijt van -----------· Zuid-Limburg. ~., 46 jrg., No. 9-10 5 pp. 121-123, Text-
Figs. 1-2.
-----------, 1957D. Foraminiferen der Oberkreide von Nordwest-
Deutschland und Holland. Beih. zum Geol. Jahrb., H. 27s
pp. l-464, Text-Figs. 1-495.
, 195BA. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of Limburgs -----------Netherlands. XXXIII. On some other foraminifera from the
Maestrichtian Tuff Chalk showing evidence of Tertiary age
of that sediment. Natuurhist. Maandbl., 47 jrg., No. 3-4 5
pp. 42-44, Figs. 1-B.
, 195BB. Les Foraminiferes du Cretace de Glons Ann. -----------Soc. Geol. de Belge., t. Bls Bull. No. 9s PP• 467-493s
Text-Figs. 1-49, Pls. 1-B.
s 195BC. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of Limburg, -----------Netherlands. XXXVIII. The gliding change in Bolivinoides
during time. Natuur. Maandbl., 47 jrg., No. 11-12, PP• 145-
159, Text-Figs. 1-11.
189
i I !
I
Page 204
-----------' 1959A. On the splitting of Globigerina. Cushman
Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 10, pp. 1-9, Figs. 1-25.
-----------' 1959B. Same. XXXIX. Arguments for a lower Paleocene
age of the sediment above the uppe~ Md in the quarry of
Curfs, nea~ Houthem. ~., 48 jrg., No. 1-2, pp. 18-30,
Text-Figs. 1-5.
-----------' 1959C. Les Fo~aminiferes du Cretace superieur de
Harmignies, Bassin de Mons. Ann. Soc. Geol. de Belge.,
t. 82, Bull. No. 7, pp. 319-333, Text. Fig. 1, Text-Pls. 1-7.
, l959D. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of south Lim------------bu~g, Netherlands. XXXX. The age of the Cr 4, Craie tuffoide.
Natuu~h. Maandbl., 48 jrg., No. 3-4, pp. 46-50, Text-Figs.
1-5.
-----------, l959E. Same.XLI. The Danian age of the Maastri-
chtian chalk tuff proved by the o~thogenesis of Gavelinopsis
involuta (Reuss). Ibid., 48 jrg., No. 3-4, pp. 51-53,
4 diagr.
-----------, 1959F. Same~XLII. On the development stage of
Globigerina pseudobulloides Plummer in the Maestrichtian
chalk tuff. Ibid., 48 j~g., No. 5-6, pp. 80-83, Text-Figs.
1-5.
-----------, 1959G. Same.XLIII. Globige~ines and related forms
in the C~etaceous and lower Paleocene of south Limburg.
Ibid., j~g. 48, No. 7-8, pp. 89-95, Text-Figs. 1-9.
-----------, 1959H. Same XLIV. The age of the Kunrade chalk.
~., 48 j~g., No. 9-10, pp. 121-124, Text-Figs. 1-3.
190
Page 205
-----------' 19591. Same. XLV. Dyocibicides kunradensis nov.
spec. Ibid., 48 jrg., No. 9-10, pp. 125-126, Text-Figs. 1-4.
, 1959J. Les Foraminiferes des craies tuffoides de -----------Charente et Dordogne de l'Aquitaine, France du Sud-Quest.
Comptes rendus Congres Soc. savantes, Dijon, 1959; Section
des Sciences: Colloque sur le Cretace superieur francaid,
PP• 253-368, Text-Figs. 1-214.
-----------' 1959K. Les Foraminiferes du Cretace superieur du
Cotentin. Ibid., pp. 369-397, Text. Figs. l-68.
-----------' 19591. Orthogenesen von Foraminiferen, Neues Jb.
Geol. u. Palaont., Abh., Bd. 108, H. 3, pp. 239-259, Text
Figs. l-14.
-----------, l959M. Same. XLVI. Analysis of the Ma in the type-
locality behind the bicycle-barn at ENCI-quarry. Ibid.,
jrg. 48, No. ll-12, PP• 145-148, Text-Fig. 1.
, l960A. The foraminifera of the lower boundary of -----------the Danish Danian. Medd. Dansk geol. Foren., Bd. 14, H.
3, pp. 212-242, Text-Figs. 1-47.
, 196GB. The genus Truncorota1ia Cushman and Bermudez. -----------Micropaleontology, Vol. 6, No. 1, PP• 111-115, Text-Figs.
1-10.
, 1960C. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of south------------Limburg, Netherlands. XLVII. Buliminae of the Maestri-
chtian tuff chalk. Natuurh. Maandb1., 49 jrg., No. 1-2,
pp. 15-19, Text-Figs. 1-9.
191
Page 206
-----------' 1960D. Les Foraminiferes du Cretace superieur dans
le Bassin de Mons. I. Les Foraminiferes de la Craie Phospatee
de Ciply. Ann. Soc. Geol. de Belge., t. 83, Bull. No. 6,
pp. 165-180, Text-Figs. 1-15.
-----------, 1960E. Same II. Les Foraminiferes du Tuffeau de
Saint-Symphorien. Ibid., t. 83, Bull. No. 6, pp. 181-195,
Text-Figs. 34, 1 diagr.
, 1960F. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of south -----------Limburg. XLVII. Globigerina daubjergensis Bronnimann and
the age of the Me and lower Paleocene above the upper Md
in the quarry Curfs near Houthem, and the age of the Cr4
below the Ma. Natuurh. Maandbl., 49 jrg., Nos. 3-4, pp. 34-
41, Pls. 1-4.
, 1960G. The type localities of the Maestrichtian -----------(Maestrichtian chalk tuff) and the Montian (Tuffeau de
Ciply, Calcaire de Mons, Lagunar and Lacustre Montian).
Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 584-588, Text-Figs.
1, Tab1. 1.
-----------, 1960H. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of South-
Limburg, Netherlands. XLIX. On another foraminifer from
the Maestrichtian tuff chalk showing evidence of the Danian
age of that sediment. Natuurh. Maandb1., jrg. 49,
No. 5-6, pp. 58-60, Text-Figs. 1-6.
-----------, 1960I. Planktonic Foraminifera in the Danian of
Denmark. Cushman Found. Foram Res., Contr., Vol. 11, Pt. 3,
No. 210, pp. 73-86, Text-Figs. 1-38, Tabs., 5, 1 diagr •.
192
Page 207
------' 1960J. The taxonomic status of Praeglobotr\lncana,
Planomalina, Globigerinella and Biglobigerinella. Micro
paleontology, Vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 315-322, Pls. 1-2, Text
Fig. 1.
----------' 1960K. Le probleme du Dane-Paleocene et passage
Cretace-Tertiare. Rev. de Micropaleontologie, Vol. 3, Noa 2,
pp. 119-130, Text. Pls. 1-3.
-------, 1961A. Globigerina pseudobulloides Plummer dans le
Paleocene inferieur de Tunisie. Ibid., Vol. 4, No. 2, pp.
69-71, Text. Pl. 1.
, 1961B. Foraminifera from the Cretaceous of South -------Limburg, Netherlands. LI. Bolivina (Loxostoma) selmaensis
Cushman. Natuur. Mandbl., 50 jrg., Nos. 1-2, pp. 20-22,
Text-Figs. 1-7.
, 1961C. Same LII. Stratigraphy of the Gulpen Chalk ------in South-Limburg, established by means of the orthogenesis
of Bolivinoides. Ibid., jrg. 50, Nos. 3-4, PP• 37-40,
Text. Diagr. 1-2.
, l961C. Same. LIII. Some smaller Rotaliid species ------from the holes in the hard ground over the Md in the quarry
Curfs, near Houthem, West-side. Ibid., 50 jrg., PP• 63-67,
Text-Figs. 1-11.
, l961D. Same. LIV. Some small Rotaliids in the lower -------Paleocene above the Md in the quarry Curfs, near Houthem,
South-Limburg. Ibid., 50 jrt., Nos. 7-8, pp. 85-87, Text
Figs. l-2.
193
Page 208
-----------' 1961E. LV. The pore-increase of Gavelinella danica
(Brotzen) in Danian, lower Paleocene and Montian in Denmark
and in Holland-Belgium, showing the Maestrichtian of Dumont's
being of Danian age. Ibid., 50 jrg., Nos. 9-10, pp. 100-102,
Text. Diagr. 1-2.
-------, l961F. Same. LVI. Foraminifera of the highest
"Post-Maestrichtian" out-cropping above the Md in South
Limburg and the Canal Albert region in northeastern Belgium.
Ibid., jrg. 50, pp. 124-125, Text-Figs. 1-7.
, 1962. Correlation of the Tuff Chalk of Maestricht ------(type Maestrichtian) with the Danske Kalk of Denmank (type
Danian), the stratigraphic position of the type Montain,
and the planktonic foraminiferal faunal break. Jour.
Paleontology, Vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 1051-1089.
, 1966. Maestrichtian, Danian, and Paleocene fora--------minifera. Palaeontographica, Suppl. Band. 10, pp. 1-376,
Pls. 1-86, Figs. 1-178, Tables l-69.
HORNIBROOK, N. DB B., 1958. New Zealand Upper Cretaceous and
Tertiary foraminiferal zones and some overseas correla
tions. Micropaleontology, Vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 25-38,
Pl. 1, Tables 1-2.
--------------------, 1962. The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary
in New Zealand. New Zealand, Jour. Geol. Geophys., Vol. 5,
No. 2, pp. 295-303, Fig. 1, Tables 1-3.
194
Page 209
HUDSON, R. G. S., EAMES, F. E., AND WILKINS, G. L., 1957. The
fauna of some recent marine deposits near Basrah, Iraq. Geol.
Mag. Vol. 94, No. 5, pp. 393-401.
INGRAM. R. 1., 1953. Fissility of mudrocks. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Bull., Vol. 64, pp. 869-878.
JELETZKY, J. A., 1951. The place of the Trimingham and Norwich
Chalk in the Campanian-Maestrichtian succession. Geol.
Mag., Vol. 88, No. 3, pp. 197-208, Pl. 1.
----------------, 1960. Youngest marine rocks in Western Interior
of North America and the age of the Triceratops-beds; with
remarks on comparable dinosaur-bearing beds outside North
America. In Rosenkrantz, A., and Brotzen, F., (editors),
The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Internat. Geol. Congr.,
Copenhagen, Rept. 21st Session, Norden, Pt. 5 (Proc. sect. 5),
pp. 25-40, Figs. 1-2.
, 1962. The allegedly Danian dinosaur-bearing -----------------
rocks of the globe and the problem of the Mesozoic-Cenozoic
boundary. Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 1005-1018,
Pl. 141, Text-Figs. 1-2.
JENKINS, D. G., 1965. Planktonic foraminifera and Tertiary Inter
contintal correlations. Micropaleontology, Vol. 11, No. 3,
pp. 265-277, Pls. 1-2.
195
Page 210
KELLER~ B. M., 1946. The fo~aminife~a of the Uppe~ C~etaceous
deposits in the Sotchi ~egion. Bull. Mosk. Obsc. Inpyt.
Pri~. (Ber. Naturfo~sch Ges.) 51 Otd. Geol. 21~ pp. 83-
108~ Pls. l-3, Tables 1-2~ Moscow~ (Russian with English
summa~y): Bull. de la societe des Naturalistes de Moscou,
Nouvelle Se~ie, Tome LI, Section Geologique, Tome 21.
KAVARY, E., AND FRIZZELL, D. L.~ 1963. Uppe~ C~etaceous and
lowe~ Cenozoic fo~aminifera ~om west cent~al I~an. Univ.
Mo., School Mines and Met., Bull., Tech. Ser., No. 102, pp.
1-89, Figs. l-3, Table 1, Pls. 1-13.
KRUMBEIN, W. C.~ AND SLOSS, L. L., 1963. St~atig~aphy and sedimenta
tion. 2nd edit. w. H. F~eeman and Company. pp. 154-257~ Fig.
5-l.
LAPPARENT, J. DE, 1918. Etude Lithologique des ter~ains c~etaces
de la ~egion d'Hendaye. F~ance~ Se~v. Explic. Ca~te Geol.
Detail.~ Mem.~ pp. l-155, Figs. 1-27~ Pls. 1-10.
LEROY~ L. w.~ 1953. Biostratigraphy of the Maqfi section~ Egypt.
Geol. Soc. Arne~., Mem. 54, pp. 1-73, Pl. 1-13.
LLOYDS A J 1963 FusulJ.·n~d from the Zinn~ Formation (lowe~ ' . ., . _,_
Pe~mian) of no~the~n I~aq. Jou~. Paleontology, Vol. 3, No.
4, pp. 889-899, Pls. 116-120.
LOEBLICH, A. R., JR., 1951~ Coiling in the Hete~ohelicidae. Cushman
Found. Foram. Res., Contr., Vol. 2, pp. 106-110, Pl. 12, Text-
Figs. 1-2.
196
Page 211
------------------------'AND TAPPAN, H., 1956. Chiloguembelina, a
new Tertiary genus of the Heterohelicidae. Washington Acad.
Sci., Jour., Vol. 46, No. 11, p. 340.
------------------------' AND -----------' l957A. Planktonic foramini-
fera of Paleocene and early Eocene age from the Gulf and Atlantic
Coastal Plains. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 173-198, Pls.
40-64, Text-Figs. 27-28.
, AND , l957B. Correlation of the ------------------------ -----------Gulf and Atlantic Coastal Plain Paleocene and lower Eocene
foraminifera. Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 1109-
1137.
, AND , 1964. Sarodina, chiefly ------------------------ -----------"Thecamoebians" and Foraminiferida. Treatise on Inver
tebrate Paleontology (Geol. Soc., Amer. - Univ. Kansas Press),
Part C, Protista 2, Vols. 1-2, pp. 1-900, Figs. 1-753.
LOWENSTAM, H., AND EPSTEIN, S., 1954. Paleotemperatures of the
post-Aptian Cretaceous as determined by the oxygen isotope
method. Jour. Geol., Vol. 63, No. 3, pp. 207-248.
MANGIN, J. PH., 1950. Reflexions sur la limite Cretace-Tertiaire
a propos du domaine Pyreneen. In Rosenkrantz, A., and Brotzen,
F., (editors), The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Internat.
Geol. Congr. Copenhagen, Rept. 21st Session, Norden, Pt. 5
(proc. Sect. 5) pp. 145-149.
197
Page 212
MARTINEZ-PARDOs R., 1965. Bolivinoides draco dorreeni Finlay
from the Magellan Basin, Chile. Micropaleontology, Vol. 11,
Wo. 3, pp. 360-364, Text-Figs. 1-4.
MCGUGAN, A., 1957. Upper Cretaceous foraminifera from northern
Ireland. Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 31, No. 2s pp. 329-348,
Pls. 31-35, Text-Figs. 1-4.
MOROZOVA, v. G., 1939. On the stratigraphy of the Upper Cre
taceous and lower Tertiary deposits in the Emba oil bearing
district based on the fauna of foraminifera. Bull. Mask.
Obsc. Inpyt. Prir. N.s. 47 Otd. Geol., Moscow, Vol. 17,
pp. 59-86, Pls. 1-2.
-----------------' 1960. Stratigraphical zonation of Danian-Montian
deposits in the U.S.S.R. and the Cretaceous-Paleogene boundary.
Intern. Geol. Congr., 21st Session, Copenhagen, Rept. Soviet
Geologists, Moscow, pp. 83-100.
NAGAPPA, Y., 1960. The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in India
Pakistan subcontinent. ~Rosenkrantz, A., and Brotzen,
F., (editors), The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Internat.
Geol. Congr., Copenhagen, Rept. 21st Session, Norden, Pt. 5
(Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 41-49, Fig. A, Tables 1-4.
NAIDIN, D. P., 1960. The stratigraphy of the Upper Cretaceous of
198
the Russian Platform. Acta Univ. Stockholmiensis, Stockholm Contr.
Geol., Vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 127-138, Text-Figs. 1-5.
NAKKADYs s. E., 1950. A new foraminiferal fauna from the Esna shales
and Upper Cretaceous chalk of Egypt. Jour. Paleontology, Vol.
24, No. 6s PP• 675-692, Pls. 89-90, Fig. 1-4.
Page 213
---------------' 1952. The foraminiferal fauna of the Esna shales
of Egypt. Inst. Egypte, Bull., Vol. 33, Pt. 2, pp. 397-430,
Pls. 1-8.
---------------' 1957. Biostratigraphy and inter-regional corre
lation of the upper Senonian and lower Paleocene of Egypt.
Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 428-447.
---------------' 1959. Biostratigraphy of the Urn El ghanayem
section, Egypt. Micropaleontology, Vol. 5, No. 4, pp.
453-465, Pls. l-7, Chart 1.
---------------, AND OSMAN, A., 1954. The genus Globotruncana
in Egypt. Taxonomy and stratigraphic value. 19th Inter.
Geol. Congr., 1952, Sec. 13, Fasc. 15, pp. 75-95, Pls. 1-20.
ODUM, H. 1926. Studier over Daniet i Jylland og paa Fyn. -
Danmarks. Geol. Unders., 2 Rk., No. 45, pp. l-280, Pls. 1-6.
OLSSON, R. K., 1960. Foraminifera of latest Cretaceous and earliest
Tertiary age in the New Jersey Coastal Plain. Jour. Paleon
tology, Vol. 34, No. 1, pp. l-58, Pls. 1-12.
, 1964. Late Cretaceous planktonic foraminifera --------------from New Jersey and Delaware. Micropaleontology, Vol. 10,
No. 2, pp. 157-188, Pls. 1-7, Text-Figs. 1-3.
ORBIGNY, A. D', 1852. Course elementaire de paleontologie et
de geologie stratigraphique, pp. 1-847, Text-Figs. 1-628.
OWEN, R. M. s., AND NASR, N., 1958. Stratigraphy of the Kuwait
Basra area. ~Weeks, L. G., (editor), Habitat of oil-
a symposium. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol., pp. 1252-1278, Figs.
1-6.
199
Page 214
PERLMUTTER, N. M., AND TODD, R., 1965. Correlation and
foraminife~a of the Monmouth G~oup (Upper Cretaceous)
Long Island, Ne~ York. u.s. Geol. Survey, P~of. Paper
483-I, pp. 11-124, Pls. 1-8, Tables 1-6.
PESSAGNO, E. A., JR., 1962. The Upper C~etaceous stratigraphy
and micropaleontology of the south-central Puerto Rico.
Micropaleontology, Vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 349-368, Pls. 1-6.
, 1967. Upper Cretaceous planktonic ----------------------
foraminifera from the western Gulf Coastal Plain. Pala-
eontographica Ame~icana, Vol. 5, No. 37, pp. 245-445,
Pls. 48-100, Text-Figs. A-B, 1-63, Tables 1-2.
PETTIJOHN, F. J., 1957. Sedimentary rocks, 2nd ed., New York,
Ha~per. pp~ 369, 410, 411, Fig. 99.
PLUMMER, H. J., 1926 (1927). Foraminife~a of the Midway Formation
in Texas. Univ. Tex., Bull. 2644, pp. 1-206, Pls. 1-15, Text
Figs. 1-13.
POZARYSKA, K., 1964. On some fo~aminifera from the Boryszew
Boring (Central Poland). Acta Geol. Polonica, Vol. 9, No.
4, pp. 539-248, Pls. 1-5.
--------------, 1965. Foraminifera and biostratigraphy of the
Danian and Montian in Poland. Palaeont. Polonica, No. 14,
(Polska Akad. Nauk, Warszawa), pp. 1-156, Pls. 1-28, Text
Figs. 1-9, Tables 1-6.
200
Page 215
POZARYSKI, W., AND POZARYSKA, K., 1960. On the Danian and lower
Paleocene sediments in Poland. In Rosenkrantz, A., and
Brotzen, F., (editors), The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary.
Internat. Geol. Congr., Copenhagen, Rept. 21 Session,
Norden, Pt. 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 170-180, Figs. 1-2.
RAINWATER, E. H., 1960. Paleocene of the Gulf Coastal Plain of
the United States of America. ~Rosenkrantz, A., and
Brotzen, F., (editors), The Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary.
Internat. Geol. Congr., Copenhagen, Rept. 21st Session,
Norden, Pt. 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 97-116, Figs. 1-6.
RAVN, J. P. J., l902A. Molluskerne i Danmarks Kridtafleij-
ringer. I Lamellibranchiater. Kgl. Danske Vid. Selsk.
Skr., 6 Rk., Afd. 11, No. 2.
, l902B. Ibid. II. Scaphopoder, Gastropoder ----------------
og Cephalopoder. - Ibid., 6 Rk., Afd. 11, No. 4.
----------------' 1903. Ibid., III. Stratigrafiske Undersogelser. -
Ibid., 6 Rk., Afd. 11, No. 6.
REUSS, A. E., 1862. Palaeontologische Beitrage. K. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, Math. - Naturw. Kl., Sitzungsber., Vol. 44, Pt. 1,
PP• 301-342, Pls. 1-8.
REYMENT, R. A., 1960. Notes on the Cretaceous-Tertiary transition
in Nigeria. In Rosenkrantz, A., and Brotzen, F., (editors),
The Cretaceous-Tertiary Boundary. Internat. Geol. Congr.,
201
Copenhagen, Rept. 21st Session, Norden, Pt. 5, (Proc. Sec. 5), PP• 131-135
pp. 131-135.
Page 216
ROSENKRATZ, A., 1960. Danian mollusca from Denmark. In Rosen
krantz, A., and Brotzen, F., (Editors), The Cretaceous
Tertiary boundary. Internat. Geol. Cong., Copenhagen,
Rept. 21st Session, Norden, Pt. 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 193-
198.
SAID, R., 1960. Planktonic foraminifera from the Thebes For
mation, Luxor, Egypt. Micropaleontology, Vol. 6, No. 3,
pp. 277-286, Pl. 1.
________ , AND KENAWY, A., 1956. Upper Cretaceous and lower
Tertiary foraminifera from northern Sinai, Egypt. Micro
paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 105-173, Pls. 1-7, Text
Figs. 1-6.
________ , AND KERDANY, 1961. The geology and micropaleontology
of the Farafra Oasis, Egypt. Micropaleontology, Vol. 7,
No. 3, PP• 317-336, Pls. 1-2.
---------, AND SABRY, M., 1964. Planktonic foraminifera from
the type locality of the Esna Shale in Egypt. Micropaleon-
tology, Vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 375-385, Pls. 1-3.
SKINNER, H. c., 1962. Arkadelphia foraminiferida. Tulane
Stud. Geol., Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-72, Figs. 1-2, Pls. 1-6.
SLITER, w. v., 1968. Upper Cretaceous Foraminifera from southern
california and northwestern Baja California, Mexico. Univ.
Kansas, Pal. Contr., Ser. No. 49, Protozoa, Art. 7, pp. 1-141,
Pls. 1-24, Figs. 1-9, Tables. 1-15.
202
Page 217
SUBBOTINA, N. N., 1953. Fossil foraminifera from the U.s.s.R.,
Globigerinidae, Hantkeninidae and Globorotaliidae. Trudy
Vses. Neft. Geol. Rav. Inst., Leningrad-Moscoe (N.S.) 76,
PP• 1-294, Pls. 1-25.
TAKAYANAGI, Y., 1960. Cretaceous foraminifera from the Hokkaido,
Japan. Tohoku Univ. Sci. Repts., Ser. 2 (Geol.), Vol. 32,
No. 1, pp. 1-154, Figs. 1-22, Pls. 1-11.
---------------, 1965. Upper Cretaceous foraminifera from the
Putah Creek subsurface section along the Yolo - Solano
County Line, California. Tohoku Univ. Sci. Repts., Ser.
2 (Geol.), Vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 161-237, Pls. 20-29, Figs.
1-9, Table 1.
TAPPAN, H., 1957. New Cretaceous index foraminifera from north
ern Alaska. u.s. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 201-222, Pls.
65-71, Fig. 29.
TILEV, N., 1951. Etude des Rosalines maestrichtiennes (genre
Globotruncana) du Sud - Est de la Turquie (Sandage de
Rammandag). Univ. Lausanne, Mus."Geol., Bull. Lab. Geol.
Min., Geophys., No. 103, pp. 1-101, Pls. 1-3.
TROELSEN, J. c., 1957. Some planktonic foraminifera of the
type Danian and their stratigraphic importance. U.S.
Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, PP• 125-132, Pl. 30.
203
Page 218
TROMP, s. W., 1949. The determination of the Cretaceous-Eocene
boundary by means of quantitative generic microfaunal
determinations and the conception of "Danian" in the Near
East. Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 23, No. 6, pp. 661-676.
TRUJILLO, E. F., 1960. Upper Cretaceous foraminifera from
near Redding, Shasta County, California. Jour. Paleon
tology, Vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 290-346, Pls. 43-50, Text
Figs. 1-3.
TWENHOFEL, W. H., 1937. Terminology of the fine-grained mechanical
sediments. Rept. Comm. Sedimentation, 1936-1937, Nat. Research
Council, pp. 81-104.
WHITE, M. P., 1928. Some index foraminifera of the Tampico Em
bayment area of Mexico. Jour. Paleontology, Vol. 2, No. 3,
pp. 177-215, Pls. 27-29, Fig. 1.
WICHER, c. A., 1949. The age of the higher Upper Cretaceous of
the Tampico Embayment in Mexico as an example of the world
wide existence of microfossils and the practical consequences
arising from this. Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays Serbe, Bull., Ser. A,
No. 2, Belgrad, pp. 40-75 (Serbian), pp. 76-105 (English), Pls.
2-8.
YANSHIN, A. L., 1960. Stratigraphic position of the Danian Stage
and the problem of the Cretaceous-Paleogene boundary. In
Rosenkrantz, A., and Brotzen, F., (editors), The Cretaceous-Ter
tiary boundary. Internat. Geol. Congr., Copenhagen, Rept. 21st
Session, Norden, Pt. 5 (Proc. Sect. 5), pp. 210-215.
204
Page 219
VITA
Farouk Sunallah Al-Omari was born on February 7, 1937 in Mosul,
Iraq. He finished his primary and secondary education in Mosul.
He received a Bachelor's Degree in Geology in 1960 from the College
of Science, University of Baghdad, Iraq. After graduation he attended
the College of Reserve Officers for six months and served as Second
Lieutenant in the Iraqi Army for one year. After service he worked as
an engineer for the Al-Rafidian Company in Mosul. He worked as a
205
Research Assistant in the Geology Department, College of Science, University
of Baghdad.
He came to the United States in January of 1965, as a scholarship
student in micropaleontology attending the University of Missouri -
Rolla and received his degree of Master of Science in Geology in 1967.
Page 220
Figure
1
2
3
4
5-6
7-8
9-10
11-12
13
EXPLANATION OF PLATES (All figures X55)
PLATE 1
Bolivinoides draco dorreeni Finlay; Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5166-5169 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ........................•.........•.... 92
B. draco draco (Marsson); Ain Zalah Well No. 16; Sl66-5169 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) .... 93
Chiloguembelina martini (Pijpers); Butmah Well No. 9; 3810-3820 ft.; Aaliji Formation (Danian) ...... 106
Ch. morsei (Kline); Butmah Well No. 9; 3820-3830 ft.; Aaliji Formation (Danian ......•............ 108
Globigerina triloculinoides triloculinoides Plummer, ventral and dorsal views of two different specimens; Ain Zalah Well No. 17; 4914-4917 ft.; Aaliji Formation (Landenian)
Globorotalia aequa Cushman and Renz, ventral and dorsal views; Ain Zalah Well No. 17;
143
4909-4910 ft.; Aaliji Formation (Landenian) .......... 131
G. pseudobulloides (Plummer), ventral and dorsal views; Butmah Well No. 9; 3810-3820 ft.; Aaliji Formation (Danian) ............................ 134
G. pseudomenardii Bolli, ventral and dorsal views; Ain Zalah Well No. 17; 4909-4910 ft.; Aaliji Formation ( Landenian) ..•.•...•.....•.......... 135
G. uncinata Bolli, ventral and dorsal views; Ain Zalah Well No. 17; 4967-4968 ft.; Aaliji Formation (Danian) ............................ 137
14 Globorotalites michelinianus (d'Orbigny), ventral view, Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5172-5175 ft.; Shiranish Formation
15-16
(Maestrichtian) ...................................... 163
Globotruncana aequptiaca duwi Nakkady, ventral and dorsal views; Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5031-5036A; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ...... 120
206
Page 221
Figure
17-18
19
PLATE 2
Glob. andori de Klasz, ventral and dorsal views; Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5121-5124 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 120
Glob. area (Cushman), ventral view; Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5166-5169 ft.; Shiranish Forma-tion (Maestrichtian) ......•.•.•.......••.•.......••... 121
20 Glob. conica White; Ain Zalah Well No. 17; 4975-4980 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrich-tian) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
21 Heterohelix globulosa (Ehrenberg); Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5126-5128 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ............................• 100
22 H. reussi (Cushman), Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5166-5169 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ....................................... 102
23 Loxostomum limonense (Cushman); Butmah Well No. 9; 3830-3840 ft.; Aaliji Formation (Danian) ............•...........•.....•........•...... 152
24 Neoflabellina jarvisi (Cushman); Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5142-5145 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ..............•....•......•... 71
25 N. reticulata (Reuss); Ain Zalah Well No. 17; 4973-4975 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
PLATE 3
26 N. semireticulata (Cushman and Jarvis); Ain Zalah Well No. 16, 5126-5128 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ......•... · .. · .• · . • . · . · · · • · · · · 7 4
27 Planoglobulina glabrata (Cushman); Ain Zalah Well No. 16, 5126-5128 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ...... · •• · . · · · . · · • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 112
28 P. ornatissima (Cushman and Chruch);Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5075-5078 ft.; Shiranish Forma-tion (Maestrichtian) ................................. .
207
Page 222
Figure
29
30-31
32-33
Praebulimina carseyae (Plummer); Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5172-5175 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ....•••.•....••••...•..•..••.•.. 85
P. cushmani (Sandidge), front and rear views; Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5172-5175 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) ••..•••..•••.••.• 85
Stensioina excolata (Cushman), ventral and dorsal views; Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5142-5145 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrichtian) . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . • • . . • . • . • . • . . . . . . • • • • • . • . • 172
34 ~· labyrinthica Cushman and Dorsey, ventral and dorsal views; Ain Zalah Well No. 16; 5142-5145 ft.; Shiranish Formation (Maestrich-tian) ................................................... 172
208
Page 226
I "' :1-
1\l
.g
~ ~
~ s ~
![Upper Cretaceous Foraminifera from Japan · Foraminifera from ]apan-ASANO Both the dominant genera of this assem blage, Globotrttncana and Silicosigmoilina, · are recorded from Japan](https://static.documents.pub/doc/80x56/5afa262e7f8b9aff288e1ad6/upper-cretaceous-foraminifera-from-japan-from-apan-asano-both-the-dominant-genera.jpg)
